Top Banner
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS Under CBCS (Applicable for Students admitted from Academic Year 2018-19) B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING SCHOOL OF MECHANICAL SCIENCES
162

B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

Mar 03, 2020

Download

Documents

dariahiddleston
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
Page 1: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS

Under CBCS

(Applicable for Students admitted from Academic Year 2018-19)

B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering

DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

SCHOOL OF MECHANICAL SCIENCES

Page 2: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

1

HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE

VISION AND MISSION

MOTTO

“TO MAKE EVERY MAN A SUCCESS AND NO MAN A FAILURE.”

VISION

To be an International Institute of Excellence, providing a conducive environment

for education with a strong emphasis on innovation, quality, research and strategic

partnership blended with values and commitment to society.

MISSION

To create an ecosystem for learning and world class research.

To nurture a sense of creativity and innovation.

To instill highest ethical standards and values with a sense of professionalism.

To take up activities for the development of Society.

To develop national and international collaboration and strategic partnership with

industry and institutes of excellence.

To enable graduates to become future leaders and innovators.

VALUE STATEMENT

Integrity, Innovation, Internationalization

DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

VISION AND MISSION

VISION

To be a globally recognized department, and to excel in innovation and collaborative research,

promoting technical and entrepreneurial skills.

MISSION

The Mechanical Engineering Department provides

A conducive academic environment with contemporary and innovative curricula imparting

high quality education

State of the art laboratory infrastructure to enhance fundamental research

Conducive platform to work closely with industries to materialize collaborative research

Grounds to exhibit and enhance the technical, managerial and lifelong learning skills,

embedded with ethical values and social relevance.

Page 3: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

2

B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEO)

The Program Educational Objectives (PEOs) describe the professional accomplishments of our graduates

about three-five years after having completed the under-graduate program in Mechatronics Engineering

PEO1. Successful career and adaptability to industry: Produce graduates with knowledge and

skills for the practice of mechatronics engineering.

PEO2. Modern design tools and multi-disciplinary project execution: Develop students’

practical and innovative skills in integrating various mechatronics elements through

group design and project work;.

PEO3. Contribution to interdisciplinary field and lifelong learning: Pursue masters and

research by conducting original research in related disciplines or in interdisciplinary

topics, contribute to scientific community/society/industries

PROGRAM OUTCOMES (ALIGNED WITH GRADUATE ATTRIBUTES) (PO)

At the end of this program, graduates will be able to

PO 1 : Engineering knowledge: Be able to attain knowledge in multi-disciplinary

engineering domain and be able to evaluate, interpret and apply this knowledge.

PO 2 : Problem analysis: Be able to analyse and interpret information gained in various

disciplines and ability to establish new information.

PO 3 : Design/development of solutions: Design Mechatronic systems for various

applications.

PO 4 : Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and

research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of

data, and synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.

PO 5 : Modern tool usage: Ability to use modern tools/ computer software and

information.

Page 4: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

3

PO 6 : The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge

to assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent

responsibilities relevant to the Mechatronics engineering practice.

PO 7 : Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the Mechatronics

engineering solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the

knowledge and need for sustainable development.

PO 8 : Ethics: Ability to recognize scientific and ethical standards during academic progress

and in all professional settings.

PO 9 : Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or

leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.

PO 10 : Communication: Ability to communicate in writing and oral with an open and

systematic way, process and results of work performed in national and international

arena.

PO 11 : Project management and finance: Incorporate economics and business practices in

project

PO 12 : Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to

engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological

change.

PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSO)

The Program Specific Objectives (PSOs) describe that upon graduation in Mechatronics Engineering

graduate will

PSO1: Analyze, model, design, develop and evaluate interdisciplinary systems using

contemporary tools.

PSO2: Apply modern management methods to interface and integrate smart mechatronics

systems to align with global industrial standards satisfying the societal needs. .

Page 5: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

4

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS FOR

B. TECH. / B. TECH. (HONS.) DEGREE PROGRAMME

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Clause No. Contents Page Number

I Preamble 5

II Definitions and Nomenclatures 5

1. Vision, Mission and Objectives 7

2. Admission 8

3. Student Discipline 9

4. Structure of the B.Tech. Degree Programme 9

5. Faculty Advisor 12

6. Registration for courses in a Semester 13

7. B.Tech.(Hons) 14

8. B.Tech. with Minor Specialization 14

9. Attendance 15

10. Assessment Procedure 15

11. Procedures for Course Repetition / Repeat Examinations 20

12. Progression to higher semester 22

13. Maximum Duration 23

14. Temporary Withdrawal 23

15. Declaration of results 23

16. Grading 25

17. Grade Sheet 26

18. Class and Division 26

19. Transfer of credits 27

20. Eligibility for Award of the degree 27

21. Change of Discipline 28

22. Power to modify 28

Page 6: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

5

I. PREAMBLE

As per the recommendations of UGC, the Hindustan Institute of Technology and Science

(HITS) has introduced Choice Based Credit System (CBCS) from the academic year 2015-

16. Choice Based Credit System (CBCS) is a proven, flexible mode of learning in higher

education which facilitates a student to have guided freedom in selecting his/her own

choices of courses in the curriculum for completing a degree program. This revision of

regulations, curriculum and syllabi has been carried out further to make it more flexible

and adaptive to the technology advancements happening in the world. CBCS offers a

flexible system of learning.

The system permits a student to

(i) Learn at their own pace through flexible registration process

(ii) Choose electives from a wide range of courses offered within and outside their

departments

(iii) Undergo additional courses and acquire more than required number of credits to

obtain B. Tech (Hons)

(iv) Undergo additional courses in their special areas of interest and earn additional

credits to obtain B. Tech with Minor Specialization

(v) Adopt an interdisciplinary approach in learning

(vi) Avail transfer of Credits

(vii) Gain Non – CGPA credits to enhance skill/employability by taking up additional

project work, entrepreneurship, co-curricular and vocational training.

(viii) Make the best use of the expertise of available faculty.

(ix) Learn and earn credits through MOOC and Project Based Learning

(x) Enhance their Knowledge, Skill and Attitude through participation in innovative

Curriculum Design, Delivery and Assessments.

The Curriculum is designed to take into the factors listed in the Choice Based Credit

System (CBCS) with focus on Project Based Learning and Industrial Training so as to

enable the students become eligible and fully equipped for employment in industries

choose higher studies or entrepreneurship.

II. DEFINITIONS AND NOMENCLATURE

In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires:

1. “Programme” means Degree Programme like B.Tech. Degree Programme.

2. “Discipline” means specialization or branch of B.Tech. Degree Programme, (e.g. Civil

Engineering).

3. “Course” means a theory or practical subject that is normally studied in a semester, (e.g.

Mathematics, Physics, etc.).

Page 7: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

6

4. “Vice – Chancellor of HITS” means the Head of the Institution.

5. “Registrar” is the Head of all Academic and General Administration of the Institute.

6. “Dean Academics” means the authority of the University who is responsible for all

academic activities of various programmes and implementation of relevant rules of these

Regulations pertaining to the Academic Programmes.

7. “Controller of Examinations” means the authority of the University who is responsible

for all activities related to the University Examinations, publication of results, award of

grade sheets and degrees.

8. “Dean – Student Affairs” is responsible for all student related activities including

student discipline, extra and co – curricular activities, attendance and meetings with

class representatives, Student Council and parent – teacher meet.

9. “HoD” means the Head of the Department concerned.

10. “Institute” means Hindustan Institute of Technology and Science (HITS), Chennai.

11. “TCH” means Total Contact Hours – refers to the teaching – learning periods.

12. “DEC” means Department Exam Committee.

13. “BoS” means Board of Studies.

14. “BoM” means Board of Management.

15. “ACM” means Academic Council meeting the highest authoritative body for approval for

all Academic Policies.

16. “Class Teacher” is a faculty of the class who takes care of the attendance, academic

performance and the general conduct of the students of that class.

17. “CIA” is Continuous Internal Assessment which is assessed for every student for every

course during the semester.

18. “ESE” is End Semester Examination conducted by the Institute at the End of the Semester

for all the courses of that semester.

19. “AICTE” means All India Council for Technical Education.

20. “UGC” means University Grants Commission.

21. “MHRD” means Ministry of Human Resource Development, Govt. of India.

Page 8: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

7

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS FOR B. Tech. / B.Tech. (Hons.)

Under Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)

(Effective from Academic year 2018 - 19)

1.0 Vision, Mission and Objectives

The Vision of the Institute is “To make every man a success and no man a failure”.

1.1 The Mission of the institute is

To create an ecosystem that promotes learning and world class research.

To nurture creativity and innovation.

To instil highest ethical standards and values.

To pursue activities for the development of the Society.

To develop national and international collaborations with institutes and industries of

eminence.

To enable graduates to become future leaders and innovators.

Value Statement

Integrity, Innovation, Internationalization

1.2 Further, the Institute always strives

To train our graduates with the latest and the best in the rapidly changing fields of

Architecture, Engineering, Technology, Management studies, Science and Humanities and

Liberal Arts.

To develop graduates, with a global outlook, possessing Knowledge, Skills and Attitude and

capable of taking up challenging responsibilities in the respective fields.

To mould our graduates as citizens with moral, ethical and social values so as to fulfil their

obligations to the nation and the society.

To promote research in the field of Architecture, Engineering, Technology, Management

studies, Science and Humanities and Liberal Arts and Allied disciplines.

1.3 Aims and Objectives of the Institute are focused on

Providing state of the art education in Engineering, Technology, Applied Sciences and

Management studies.

Keeping pace with the ever – changing technological scenario and help the graduates to gain

proper direction to emerge as competent professionals fully aware of their commitment to

the society and the nation.

Page 9: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

8

To inculcate a flair for Research, Development and Entrepreneurship.

2.0 Admission

The admission policy and procedure shall be decided from time to time by the Board of

Management (BOM) of the Institute, based on the guidelines issued by the UGC/ Ministry of

Human Resource Development (MHRD), Government of India. The number of seats in each of

the B. Tech. degree programme will be decided by the Board of Management of the Institute

as per the directives of AICTE/ UGC / MHRD, Government of India, taking into account, the

market demands. Seats are also made available up to 20% of the sanctioned intake for Non –

Resident Indians and foreign nationals, who satisfy the admission eligibility norms of the

Institute.

2.1. Eligibility for Admission

(i) Regular Entry

Passed 10 + 2 examination with Physics and Mathematics as compulsory subjects along

with one of the other subjects as Chemistry/ Biotechnology/ Biology/ Technical

Vocational course.

The candidates should have obtained the minimum marks as per AICTE norms.

(ii) Lateral Entry

The candidates possessing a Diploma in Engineering/Technology in the relevant

discipline of specialization with minimum 50% marks awarded by the State Boards of

Technical Education, India or any other competent authority as accepted by the Board of

Management of the Institute as equivalent thereto are eligible for admission to the 3rd

Semester of the B. Tech degree programme.

2.2 The candidate has to fulfil all the prescribed admission requirements / norms of

the Institute.

2.3. In all matters relating to admission to the B. Tech degree programme, the decision of the

Board of Management of the Institute shall be final.

2.4. At any time after admission, if found that a candidate has not fulfilled one or many of the

requirements stipulated by the Institute, or submitted forged certificates, the Institute

has the right to revoke the admission and forfeit the fee paid. In addition, legal action

may be taken against the candidate as decided by the Board of Management.

Page 10: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

9

3.0 Student Discipline

Every student is required to observe utmost discipline and decorum both inside and

outside the campus and not to indulge in any activity which may affect adversely the

prestige reputation of the Institute.

3.1 Any act of indiscipline of a student reported to the Dean (Student affairs) and Head of the

Department will be referred to a Discipline Committee constituted for the purpose. The

Committee will enquire into the charges and decide on a suitable punishment if the charges

are substantiated. The committee will also authorize the Dean (Student Affairs) to recommend

to the Vice-Chancellor for the implementation of the decision. The student concerned may

appeal to the Vice-Chancellor, whose decision will be the final.

3.2 Ragging in any form is a criminal and non-bailable offence in our country.

The current State and Central legislations provide stringent punishments including

imprisonment. Once the involvement of a student(s) is established in ragging, offending

fellow students/staff, harassment of any nature to the fellow students/staff etc. the

student(s) will be liable to be dismissed from the Institute, as per the laid down

procedures of the UGC / Govt. /Institute. Every senior student of the Institute, along with

their parent, shall give an undertaking every year in this regard and the same should be

submitted at the time of Registration.

4.0 Structure of the B. Tech Degree Programme

4.1 All B. Tech. degree Programmes will have the curriculum and syllabi (for 4 years) as

approved by the respective Board of Studies and Academic Council of the Institute.

4.2 Credits are the weightages, assigned to the courses based on the following general

pattern:

One Lecture / Tutorial period per week --- 1 credit

Up to Three periods of Practical per week --- 1 credit

4 periods of Practical per week --- 2 credits

4.3 The curriculum for B. Tech. programme is designed to have a minimum of 165 credits +

4 Non – CGPA credits that are distributed across eight semesters of study for the award

of degree.

Choice Based Credit System (CBCS) was introduced from the Academic year 2015-16 in

the curriculum to provide the students, a balanced approach to their educational

endeavour.

Page 11: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

10

Under CBCS, the degree programme will consist of the following categories of courses:

i) General Core foundation (CF) courses comprising of

Humanities courses;

Basic Sciences (BS)including Physics, Chemistry and Mathematics;

Engineering Sciences (ES), including Basic Engineering courses such as Material

Science, Basic Workshop, Engineering Drawing, Engineering Graphics, Digital

systems, etc.

ii) Compulsory Courses (CC) consist of the following.

a. Professional Core (PC) courses: These courses expose the students to the foundation

of Engineering topics related to the chosen programme of study comprising of theory

and Practical/ field work/ Design project/ Project.

b. Departmental Elective (DE): These courses enable the students to take up a group of

courses of their interest in the area of specialization offered by the parent

Department / School.

iii) Non –Departmental Electives (NE): These courses are offered by Engineering and

Non-Engineering departments (across the disciplines) other than their parent

Department. Two groups of Electives are available under NE namely, Engineering

Electives, offered by the Engineering Departments and Open Electives, offered by the

Non – Engineering departments.

iv) Indexed Journal / Conference Publications: If a student publishes a research paper

as main author in indexed Journal / Conference, the same can be considered as

equivalent to two – credit course under NE.

v) Non-CGPA courses: These courses are offered in certain semesters are compulsory,

but are not used for calculation of GPA and CGPA. However, the credits will be

mentioned in the grade sheet.

4.4 Non – CGPA courses

The student shall select any two courses /activity listed in Table 1 during the course of study.

The student has to make his / her own efforts for earning the credits. The grades given will be

Pass / Fail (P/F). The respective class teachers have to encourage, monitor and record the

relevant activities of the students, based on the rules issued from time to time by the Institute

and submit the End semester report to the Head of the Department.

Page 12: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

11

Table 1. Non – CGPA Courses

No. Course / Activity Credits

1. Start ups 2

2. Industrial Training 2

3. Technical conference, seminar, competitions, Professional

Societies

2

4. Management courses 2

5. Technical Certification Course 2

6. Sports 2

7. NCC 2

8. NSS 2

9. YRC 2

10. Art and Cultural activities 2

11. English Proficiency Certification 2

12. Aptitude Proficiency Certification 2

13. Foreign Languages Level II and above 2

14. Publication in Conferences / Seminar 2

4.5 A student must earn compulsorily, the credits mentioned under each category shown in

Table 2 and also a minimum total of 169 credits - 165 credits (CGPA) + 4 credits (Non

CGPA) for the award of B. Tech. degree. For Lateral entry students, the 41 credits required

for first and second semester of B. Tech shall be deemed to have been earned based on

their curriculum in the diploma course. They have to earn a minimum of 128 credits (124

credits + 4 Non CGPA credits) for the award of B. Tech. degree.

4.6 Students are eligible for award of B.Tech.(Hons) upon successful completion of 181

credits (165 regular credits + 12 Additional Credits+ 4 Non CGPA credits) maintaining a

CGPA of 8.0 during their period of study (4 years) and no history of arrears as detailed in

clause 7.0.

4.7 Students are eligible for the award of B.Tech. with Minor specialisation upon successful

completion of 12 additional credits totalling 181 credits (165 regular credits + 12

Additional Credits+ 4 Non – CGPA credits) as detailed in clause 8.0

Page 13: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

12

Table 2. Distribution of Credits

No. Category Credits Percentage

1 Basic Sciences (BS) 32 20

2 Humanities Courses (HS) 7 4

3 Professional Core (PC) 90 53

4 Department Elective (DE) 15 9

5 Non – Department Electives (NE) 10 6

6 Design Project 3 2

7 Internship 1 0.5

8 Project 8 5

9 Comprehension 1 0.5

Total Credits 165 100

NON – CGPA

10 Professional Development 4 ---

4.8 The medium of instruction is English for all courses, examinations, seminar presentations

and project reports.

5.0 Faculty Advisor

To help the students in planning their selection of courses and programme of study and

for getting general advice on the academic programme, the concerned department will

assign a certain number of students to a Faculty member who will be called their Faculty

Advisor. Such Faculty Advisor will continue to mentor the students assigned to him/her

for the entire duration of the programme.

5.1 Class Committee

5.2 Every section / batch of the B. Tech. Degree programme will have a Class Committee

consisting of Faculty and students.

5.3 The constitution of the Class Committee will be as follows:

a. One Professor not associated with teaching the particular class shall be nominated by the

Head of the Department to act as the Chairman of the Class Committee as approved by

the Dean Academics.

b. Course coordinator of each of the lecture – based courses (for common courses).

c. Class teacher of the class.

d. All Faculty handling the courses for that class in the semester.

Page 14: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

13

e. Workshop Superintendent (for first two semesters); as applicable.

f. Four students from the respective class nominated by Head of the Department

g. Faculty Advisors of the respective class.

5.4 Course committee

A course committee shall be constituted by the HOD for all the common courses, with the

faculty who are teaching the courses and with a Professor of the core department as the

Chairman. The Course committee shall meet periodically to ensure the quality of

progression of the course in the semester.

5.5 The basic responsibilities of the Class Committee and Course committee are

a. To review periodically the progress of the students.

b. To discuss issues concerning curriculum and syllabi and the conduct of the classes.

c. To inform the students about the method of assessment as recommended by the

Department Exam Committee (“DEC”) at the beginning of the semester. Each class

committee / course committee will communicate its recommendations and the minutes

of the meetings to the Head of the Department, Dean (Academics) and the Dean (Student

Affairs).

d. To conduct meetings at least thrice in a semester as per the Academic Plan issued by the

Dean – Academics.

e. To review the academic performance of the students including attendance, internal

assessment and other issues like discipline, maintenance etc.

6.0 Registration for courses in a Semester

A student will be eligible for registration of courses only if he/she satisfies the regulation

clause 12.0 (progression), and clause 13.0 (maximum duration) and has cleared all dues

to the Institute, Hostel and Library up to the end of the previous semester provided that

student is not debarred from enrolment on disciplinary grounds.

6.1 The institute follows a flexible Choice Based Credit System and Slot based table.

Accordingly, the students shall be given the option for selecting their courses, credits,

teachers, slots and create their time table. The student is given the option of selecting

the number of credits to undergo in a semester, subject to the curriculum requirements

of minimum and maximum.

Except for the first year courses, registration for a semester will be done during a

specified week before the start of the semester as per the Academic Schedule.

Page 15: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

14

Late registration /enrolment will be permitted by the Dean – Academics for genuine

cases, on recommendation by the Head of the respective department, with a late fee

as decided from time to time.

6.2 The student shall make the choice of course in consultation with the Faculty Advisor and

as stipulated from time to time.

6.3 Students shall have to pay additional fee as prescribed, for registering in certain elective

courses under Non - Departmental Electives courses offered by certain specific

Departments and for higher level Foreign Languages, as decided from time to time.

7.0 B. Tech, (Honours) Programme

A new academic programme B.Tech. (Hons.) is introduced in order to facilitate the

students to choose additionally the specialized courses of their choice and build

their competence in a specialized area. The features of the new programme, include:

a. B.Tech. students in regular stream can opt for B.Tech. (Hons.), provided they have a CGPA

of 8.0 up to the end of fourth semester without any history of arrears.

b. The students opting for this program have to take four additional courses of their

specialization of a minimum of 3 credits each from 5th to 8th semesters with not more

than 2 additional courses in a semester.

c. The list of such additional courses offered by the various Departments of the respective

school will be announced in the beginning of the academic year to facilitate the

registration process.

d. The student can also opt for post graduate level courses

e. The faculty advisor will suggest the additional courses to be taken by the students based

on their choice and level of their academic competence.

f. Students who have obtained “E” or “U” or “RC” / “RA” grade or “DE” category (vide clause

16.0 – Grading) in any course, including the additional credit courses, are not eligible for

B.Tech. (Hons) degree.

g. The students have to pay the requisite fee for the additional courses.

8.0 B. Tech with Minor specialization:

Students, who are desirous of pursuing their special interest areas other than the chosen

discipline of Engineering / Technology/ Arts/ Fashion/ Humanities/ Management/ Basic

Sciences, may opt for additional courses in minor specialisation groups offered by a

department other than their parent department. Such students shall select the stream of

courses offered with pre – requisites by the respective departments and earn a Minor

Specialization.

Page 16: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

15

a. The number of credits to be earned for Minor specialization is 12 credits.

b. The students are permitted to register for their minor specialization courses from the V

semester onwards subject to a maximum of two additional courses per semester.

c. The list of such additional courses offered by the various departments and the schedule

will be announced in the beginning of the academic year to facilitate the registration

process.

d. The students have to pay the requisite fee for the additional courses.

9.0 Attendance

The faculty handling a course must finalise the attendance, 3 calendar days before the

last instructional day of the course and submit to the HoD through the class teacher.

a. A student with less than 75% attendance (Total Contact Hours - “TCH”) in any course, will

not be permitted to appear for the end-semester examination in that particular course,

irrespective of the reason for the shortfall of the attendance. The student is however

permitted to avail Academic Leave up to 10% for attending academic related activities

like, Industrial Visits, Seminars, Conferences, Competitions etc., with the prior approval

of the HoD. After the event, the student should submit the relevant documents for proof

to the HoD for approval of the Academic Leave.

b. The remaining 25% allowance in attendance is given to account for activities under NCC

/ NSS / Cultural / Sports/ Minor Medical exigencies etc.

c. A student with an attendance (“TCH” – Total Contact Hours) between 40% and 75% in

any course will fall under the category “RC”, which means Repeat the Course during the

Summer / Winter break. Students under “RC” category will not be permitted to attend

the Regular End Semester Examinations for that course. During the Summer / Winter

break, the regular courses of the respective semester will be offered as Summer/Winter

Courses, to enable the students to get required attendance and internal assessment

marks to appear in the Repeat examination.

d. Students under “RC” category in any course shall attend, the immediately following

Summer / Winter course as detailed in clause 11.1. The detailed schedule of the Summer

/ Winter courses offered in every semester will be announced during the end of that

semester. The student who have obtained “RC” has to select their appropriate slots and

courses, optimally to attend the courses.

e. The student, whose attendance falls below 40% for a course in any semester, will be

categorized as “RA”, meaning detained in the particular course for want of attendance

and they will not be permitted to write the End semester exam for that course. The

procedure for repeating the course categorized as “RA” is mentioned in Clause 11.2.

Page 17: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

16

9.1 Additional condonation may be considered in rare and genuine cases which includes,

approved leave for attending select NCC / Sports Camps, cases requiring prolonged

medical treatment and critical illness involving hospitalization.

For such select NCC / Sports Camps prior permission for leave shall be obtained by the

respective faculty coordinator / Director of sports from the designated authority, before

deputing the students.

9.2 For medical cases, submission of complete medical history and records with prior

information from the parent / guardian to Dean (Student Affairs) is mandatory. The

assessment of such cases will be done by the attendance sub – committee on the merit

of the case and put up recommendations to the Vice – Chancellor. Such condonation is

permitted only twice for a student in the entire duration of the programme.

The Vice-Chancellor, based on the recommendation of the attendance sub - committee

may then give condonation of attendance, only if the Vice-Chancellor deems it fit and

deserving. But in any case, the condonation cannot exceed 10%.

10.0 Assessment Procedure

Every course shall have two components of assessment namely,

a. Continuous Internal Assessment “CIA”: This assessment will be carried out throughout the

semester as per the Academic Schedule.

b. End Semester Examination “ESE”: This assessment will be carried out at the end of the

Semester as per the Academic Schedule.

The weightages for the various categories of the courses for CIA and ESE is given in Table 3.

Page 18: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

17

Table 3 Weightage of the CIA and ESE for various categories of the courses

No. Category of Courses CIA

weightage

CIA

Minimum ESE

ESE

Minimum

Passing

minimum

(CIA + ESE)

1 Theory Course 50% 40% 50% 50% 45%

2 Practical Course 80% 50% 20% 50% 50%

3 Theory Course with

Practical Components

60% 40% 40% 50% 45%

4 Department Elective

(DE)/ Non –

Department Elective

(NE)

50% 40% 50% 50% 45%

5 Design Project 100% 50% --- --- 50%

6 Comprehension 100% 50% --- --- 50%

7 Internship 100% 50% --- --- 50%

8 Project and Viva Voce 50% 50% 50% 50% 50%

10.1 Theory Course / DE / NE Assessment weightages

The general guidelines for the assessment of Theory Courses, Department Electives “DE”

and Non – Department Electives “NE” shall be done on a continuous basis is given in Table

4.

Table 4(a): Weightage for Assessment

No. Assessment

Theory, DE, NE courses

Weightage

Theory, DE, NE

courses

Duration

1.

CIA

First Periodical Assessment 5% 1 period

2. Second Periodical Assessment 10% 1 Period

3. Third Periodical Assessment 10% 1Period

4. Seminar/Assignments/Project 15% --

5. Surprise Test / Quiz etc., 10% --

6. ESE End Semester Exam 50% 2 to 3 hours

Page 19: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

18

10.2 Practical Course: For practical courses, the assessment will be done by the course teachers as

below:

Weekly assignment/Observation / lab records and viva as approved by the Department Exam

Committee “DEC”

a. Continuous Internal Assessment -- 80%

b. End Semester Examination -- 20%

10.3 Theory courses with practical Component: For theory courses with practical

component the assessment will be calculated as follows as approved by the “DEC”.

a. Continuous Internal Assessment -- 60%

b. End Semester Exam -- 40%

Table 4(b): Weightage for Assessment

10.4 Design Project – Assessment

The general guidelines for assessment of Design Project is given in Table 5.

Table 5: Assessment pattern for Design Project

No. Review / Examination scheme Broad Guidelines Weightage

1. First Review Concept 20%

2. Second Review Design 30%

3. Third Review Experiment/Analysis 20%

4. Project report

and Viva – Voce

Results and Conclusion 30%

10.5 Comprehension – Assessment

The general guidelines for assessment of Comprehension is given in Table 6.

No.

Assessment

Theory, DE, NE courses

Weightage

Theory, DE, NE

courses

Duration

1.

CIA

First Periodical Assessment 10% 1 period

2. Second Periodical Assessment 10% 1 Period

3. Third Periodical Assessment 10% 1Period

4. Practical Assessment 30% ----

5. ESE End Semester Exam 40% 2 to 3 hours

Page 20: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

19

Table 6: Assessment pattern for Comprehension

No. Review / Examination scheme Broad Guidelines Weightage

1. First Periodical Assessment – MCQ Basic Sciences 20%

2. Second Periodical Assessment –

MCQ

Core Engineering 50%

3. Third Periodical Assessment –

Presentation

Emerging Areas 30%

10.6 Internship

A student has to compulsorily attend Summer / Winter internship during 3rd year for a

minimum period of one month.

In lieu of Summer / Winter internship, the student is permitted to register for undertaking

case study / project work under an engineering faculty of the Institute and carry out the

project for minimum period of one month.

In both the cases, the internship report in the prescribed format duly certified by the

faculty in-charge shall be submitted to the HoD. The evaluation will be done through

presentation and viva. The course will have a weightage of one credit or as defined in the

respective curriculum.

10.7 For final year Project / Dissertation / Design Project/ Internship, the assessment will be

done on a continuous basis as given in Table 7

Table 7: Assessment of Project work

No. Review / Examination scheme Weightage

1. First Review 10%

2. Second Review 20%

3. Third Review 20%

4. Project report and Viva – Voce 50%

For the final year project and Viva – Voce end semester examination, the student shall submit a

Project Report in the prescribed format issued by the Institute. The first three reviews will be

conducted by a Committee constituted by the Head of the Department. The end – semester

assessment will be based on the project report and a viva on the project conducted by a

Committee constituted by the Registrar / Controller of examination. This may include an external

expert.

10.8 For Non – CGPA courses, the assessment will be graded “Satisfactory/Not Satisfactory” and

grades as Pass/Fail will be awarded.

10.9 Flexibility in Assessment

The respective Departments under the approval of the Department Exam Committee (DEC)

may decide the mode of assessment, based on the course requirements.

Page 21: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

20

10.10 A student securing less than the minimum specified internal assessment marks in any

course (clause 10.0, Table 3), will not be permitted to appear for the end-semester

examination in that particular course and will be graded under “RC” category for that

course. This will be denoted in the grade sheet as “RC”, till the course is

successfully completed in the subsequent semester(s).

11.0 Procedures for Course Repetition / Repeat Examinations

11.1 Summer / Winter Course: - for “RC” Category

a. Students under RC category i.e.

i. Attendance between 40% and 75% in any course(s) OR

ii. CIA marks less than the prescribed minimum as specified in 10.0 Table 3 in

any course(s) OR

iii. Falls under both 1 and 2 above

are eligible for registering for the Summer / Winter Course which will be conducted

during the Summer / Winter break, to improve their Attendance and/or CIA marks in the

courses, by paying the prescribed registration fee fixed from time to time..

b. The Odd semester regular courses will be offered only in the Winter and the even

semester regular courses will be offered only in the Summer.

c. RC students shall register by payment of prescribed fee and attend the classes during

the summer / winter break and take assessments to earn minimum internal marks

(clause 10.0, Table 3) and/or required attendance, to become eligible for writing the

Repeat Examinations (Clause 11.3).

d. The revised CIA marks shall not exceed 60% of the total internal weightage for any

repeat course.

e. Re- Registration for ‘RC’ category

The students under “RC” category who fail to improve their attendance and/or CIA

marks and not become eligible to write the Repeat Examination through the

immediate summer/winter course are permitted to re – register for the Summer /

Winter course again under “RC” category whenever it is offered in the subsequent

semester(s) during their period of study by paying 50% of the prescribed registration

fee as mentioned in Clause 11.1 (a). It is the responsibility of the student to fix the

appropriate slots in the Summer / Winter course time table. The student will not be

able to register if he/she is unable to fix the slots in the time table. The course will

remain in the “RC” category until he / she successfully completes that course.

Page 22: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

21

11.2 Course – Repetition - “RA” Category

a. Students who secure attendance less than 40% in any course(s) in a semester will be

categorized under “RA” - meaning Repeat the course(s) for want of minimum

attendance. The CIA marks obtained by the students placed under RA category will

become null and void.

b. “RA” category students shall re-register for the same course once again whenever it

is offered in the subsequent regular semesters and has to secure required minimum

attendance and minimum internal assessment marks to become eligible to appear in

the end semester examination for that course, by paying the requisite fee.

c. It is the responsibility of the student to schedule their time table to include the “RA”

courses without affecting the attendance of the regular courses of the current

semester.

d. Normally, a student will be permitted to register for not more than 3 “RA” courses in

a semester. However, the students who wish to register for more than 3 “RA” courses

are permitted to register only if the student finds suitable slots for doing the course

within the framework of the time table for the regular semester. Request for

registrations of additional RA courses over and above 3 in a semester shall be got

approved by the respective HoDs.

e. The student has the option to drop their regular courses proportionally in their regular

semester during the course registration process without affecting the minimum credit

requirement specified. Such dropped courses will be categorized as “RA”. However,

the student has to complete the dropped courses in the subsequent semesters.

f. It is the responsibility of the student to fix the slots for “RA” courses within the

framework of the time table and slot availability without affecting his/her regular

courses.

g. Detention

A student who secure RC or RA or both in all the theory courses prescribed in a

semester shall repeat the semester by registering for the semester in the next

academic year. However, he/she is permitted to appear for arrear examination as per

eligibility.

11.3 Repeat Examinations

a. Normally, the results of the End Semester Examinations for Regular Theory courses are

announced within a period of 10 days after the last regular examination.

b. During the even semester, the Repeat Examinations will be conducted for even

semester courses and during the Odd semester the Repeat Examinations will be

conducted for Odd semester courses.

Page 23: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

22

c. The schedule for the Repeat Examinations will be notified through the Academic

Calendar which will be published at the beginning of every academic year.

d. The students under “RC” category, who have secured the requisite attendance and

internal assessment marks as applicable, by successfully completing the Summer /

Winter course, are eligible to register for the Repeat Examinations.

e. The students who fail to secure a pass or being absent for genuine reasons in their End

Semester Examination for the regular courses are permitted to appear for the Repeat

Exams by paying the prescribed fee.

f. For the Supplementary examinations (refer: Clause 15.2), the students with “U” grade

in any course (refer clause 10.0 Table 3 and Clause 16.1) shall register by paying requisite

fee and appear in the Repeat Examinations.

g. The students who wish to apply for the revaluation of their answer scripts (Regular/

Supplementary / Repeat Examinations) should apply immediately after the

announcement of results.

12.0 Progression to higher semester

12.1 B.Tech.– Regular: Student has to satisfy the following conditions as laid down in Table 8

for progression from one academic year to next.

Table 8. Minimum Eligibility for progression B.Tech.- Regular

To enroll for semester Minimum no. of credits to be earned for progression

3 NIL

5 15 credits* in Theory courses in 1st

, 2nd

and 3rd

Semesters

7 30 credits* in Theory courses up to 5th

Semester

* Credit calculation is applicable for Theory / Theory integrated lab only

If a student fails to satisfy the above clause 12.1 in an academic year, the student has to

take a break in study until they become eligible for progression

12.2 B.Tech.- Lateral Entry

Student has to satisfy the following conditions as laid down in Table 9 for progression

from one academic year to next.

Table 9. Minimum Eligibility for progression B.Tech.- Lateral Entry

To enroll for semester Minimum no. of credits to be earned

5 NIL

7 15 credits* in Theory courses in 3rd, 4th

and 5th Semesters

*Credit calculation is applicable for Theory / Theory integrated lab only

Page 24: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

23

If a student fails to satisfy the above clause 12.2 in an academic year, the student has to take a

break in study until they become eligible for progression

12.3 If a student is in RC category (due to lack of minimum CIA marks as specified in clause

no. 10. Table 3) or RA category (due to lack of minimum attendance as specified in clause

9.0 e) in all theory courses prescribed in a semester, he/she will be detained and will not

be allowed to proceed to the next semester. He/she has to re-register for all the courses

in the following academic year only.

13.0 Maximum Duration of the Programme

A student may complete the programme at a slower pace than the regular

pace, but in any case in not more than 6 years for B. Tech, and not more than 5 years

for lateral entry students excluding the semesters withdrawn as per clause 14.0.

A student completing the B.Tech. programme during the extended period will not be

eligible for Institute ranking.

14.0 Temporary Withdrawal from the Programme

a. A student is permitted to take a break, up to a maximum of 2 semesters, during the entire

programme to clear the backlog of arrears.

b. A student may be permitted by the Vice- Chancellor to withdraw from the entire

programme for a maximum of two semesters for reasons of ill health, Start – up venture

or other valid reasons as recommended by a committee consisting of Head of

Department, Dean (Academic) and Dean (Student Affairs).

15.0 Declaration of results

15.1 A student shall secure the minimum marks as prescribed in Clause 10.1(Table 3) in all

categories of courses in all the semesters to secure a pass in that course.

15.2 Supplementary Examinations: If a candidate fails to secure a pass in a course and gets a

“U” grade as per clause 16.1 he/she shall register and pay the requisite fee for re-

appearing in the End Semester Examination during the following semester(s). Such

examinations are called Supplementary Examinations and will be conducted along with

the Regular /Repeat Examinations. The Supplementary Exams for the Odd semester

courses will be conducted during the odd semester and supplementary exams for the

even semester courses will be conducted during the even semester only. The student

need not attend any contact course. The Internal Assessment marks secured by the

candidate will be retained for all such attempts.

Page 25: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

24

15.3 A candidate can apply for the revaluation of his/her end semester examination answer

script in a theory course, after the declaration of the results, on payment of a prescribed

fee.

15.4 If a candidate fails to secure a pass in Practical/Theory with Practical component / Design

Project / Internship / Comprehension courses, due to not satisfying the minimum passing

requirement (“U” grade) – as per clause 16.1 he/she shall register for the courses by

paying the prescribed fee in the subsequent semester when offered by the departments.

15.5 Revaluation is not permitted for Practical/Theory with Practical component/Design Project

/ Internship / Comprehension courses. However, only for genuine grievances as decided

by the Exam Grievance Committee a student may be permitted to apply for revaluation.

15.6 After 5 years, i.e., completion of one year (2 semesters) from the normal duration of the

programme, the internal assessment marks obtained by the candidate will not be

considered in calculating the passing requirement. A candidate who secures 50% in the

end semester examination will be declared to have passed the course and earned the

specified credits for the course irrespective of the score in internal assessment marks

earned in that course.

15.7 Candidate who earns required credits for the award of degree after 5 years for B.Tech.

programme (on expiry of extended period of 2 semesters over and above normal duration of

course) he/she will be awarded only second class irrespective of his/her CGPA. However, the

period approved under temporary withdrawal, if any, from the programme (13.0) will be

excluded from the maximum duration as mentioned above.

15.8 Semester Abroad Programme: Students who are allowed to undergo internship or

Training in Industries in India or abroad during their course work or attend any

National / International Institute under semester abroad programme (SAP) up to a

maximum of 2 semesters will be granted credit transfer for the Course Work/project work

done by them in the Industry /Foreign Institute as per the recommendations of the credit

transfer committee. The leave period of the students for International internships / Semester

Abroad programme etc., will be accounted for attendance.

Page 26: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

25

16.0 Grading

16.1 A grading system as shown in Table 10 will be followed.

Table 10: Grading system

Range of

Marks

Letter

Grade

Grade

Points Remarks

90 – 100 S 10 Outstanding

80-89 A 09 Excellent

70-79 B 08 Very Good

60-69 C 07 Good

50-59 D 06 Average

45 – 49 E 05 Pass

<45 U 00 To Reappear for end-semester examination

-- RC 00

Repeat Course (Summer / Winter) due to

Attendance deficiency ( between 40% and

75%)

and/or

I. Lack of minimum CIA marks as specified in

clause 10.0 Table 3

-- RA 00 Repeat the course due to

(i) Lack of minimum attendance (below 40%) in

regular course

-- 00 DETAINED

“RC” or “RA” or both in all registered theory

courses of a semester. The student is detained

and has to repeat the entire semester. Clause

12.3

16.2 GPA and CGPA

GPA is the ratio of the sum of the product of the number of credits Ci of course “i “and

the grade points Pi earned for that course taken over all courses “i” registered and

successfully completed by the student to the sum of Ci for all “i”. That is,

Page 27: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

26

ii

iii

C

PC

GPA

CGPA will be calculated in a similar manner, in any semester, considering all the courses

enrolled from the first semester onwards.

16.3 The Grade card will not include the computation of GPA and CGPA for courses with letter

grade RA, RC and U until those grades are converted to the regular grades.

16.4 A course successfully completed cannot be repeated.

17.0 Grade Sheet

17.1 Letter grade

Based on the performance, each student is awarded a final letter grade at the end of the

semester in each course. The letter grades and corresponding grade points are given in

Table 10.

17.2 A student is considered to have completed a course successfully and earned credits if he/she

secures a letter grade other than U, RC, RA in that course.

17.3 After results are declared, grade sheet will be issued to each student which will contain the

following details:

a. Program and discipline for which the student has enrolled.

b. Semester of registration.

c. The course code, name of the course, category of course and the credits for each course

registered in that semester

d. The letter grade obtained in each course

e. Semester Grade Point Average (GPA)

f. The total number of credits earned by the student up to the end of that semester in each

of the course categories.

g. The Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) of all the courses taken from the first semester.

h. Credits earned under Non CGPA courses.

i. Additional credits earned for B. Tech (Hons.) and B. Tech with Minor specialization.

18.0 Class/Division

18.1 Classification is based on CGPA and is as follows:

CGPA ≥ 8.0: First Class with distinction

6.5 ≤ CGPA <8.0: First Class

5.0 ≤ CGPA <6.5: Second Class.

Page 28: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

27

18.2 (i) Further, the award of ‘First class with distinction’ is subject to the candidate becoming

eligible for the award of the degree having passed the examination in all the courses in

his/her first appearance with effect from II semester, within the minimum duration of

the programme.

(ii) The award of ‘First Class’ is further subject to the candidate becoming eligible for the

award of the degree having passed the examination in all the courses within 5 years for

B. Tech programmes

(iii) The period of authorized break of the programme (vide clause 14.0) will not be counted

for the purpose of the above classification.

(iv) To be eligible for award of B. Tech (Hons.) the student must have earned additional 12

credits in the relevant Engineering courses offered by the Departments of the

respective Schools, thereby a total of 181 credits (165 regular credits + 12 additional

credits + 4 Non CGPA credits) and should have 8.0 CGPA without any history of arrears

and should not have secured E, RC, RA, U, in any course during the entire programme.

(v) To be eligible for award of B. Tech with Minor Specialization, the student must have

earned additional 12 credits in the relevant courses offered by other than the parent

department and has successfully earned 181 credits (165 regular credits + 12

Additional credits + 4 Non CGPA Credits)

19.0 Transfer of credits

19.1. Within the broad framework of these regulations, the Academic Council, based on the

recommendation of the Credit Transfer Committee so constituted may permit students to

transfer part of the credit earned in other approved Universities of repute & status in the India

or abroad.

19.2 The Academic Council may also approve admission of students who have completed a portion

of course work in another approved Institute of repute under lateral entry based on the

recommendation of the credit transfer committee on a case to case basis.

19.3 Admission norms for working Professional:

Separate admission guidelines are available for working / experienced professionals for

candidates with the industrial / research experience who desire to upgrade their qualification

as per recommendation of Credit Transfer Committee.

20.0 Eligibility for Award of the B.Tech. /B. Tech (Hons)/ B. Tech with Minor Specialization

Degree

20.1 A student shall be declared to be eligible for award of B. Tech. /B. Tech (Hons) / B. Tech

degree with Minor specialization if he/she has satisfied the clauses 4.6 /7.0 / 8.0

respectively within the stipulated time (clause 13, 14).

Page 29: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

28

a. Earned the specified credits in all the categories of courses (vide clause 4.6) as specified

in the curriculum corresponding to the discipline of his/ her study ;

b. No dues to the Institute, Hostels, Libraries etc.; and

c. No disciplinary action is pending against him / her.

The award of the degree shall be recommended by the Academic Council and approved by the

Board of Management of the Institute.

21.0 Change of Discipline

21.1 If the number of students in any discipline of B.Tech. programme as on the last instructional

day of the First Semester is less than the sanctioned strength, then the vacancies in the said

disciplines can be filled by transferring students from other disciplines subject to eligibility. All

such transfers will be allowed on the basis of merit of the students. The decision of the Vice-

Chancellor shall be final while considering such requests.

21.2 All students who have successfully completed the first semester of the course will be eligible

for consideration for change of discipline subject to the availability of vacancies and as per

norms.

22.0 Power to modify

Notwithstanding all that has been stated above, the Academic Council is vested with powers

to modify any or all of the above regulations from time to time, if required, subject to the

approval by the Board of Management.

Page 30: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

29

B.TECH - MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

(165 CREDIT STRUCTURE)

SEMESTER - I

SL. NO

COURSE CATEGORY

COURSE CODE

NAME OF THE COURSE L T P C S TCH

1 BS MEA4101/ ELA4101

Engineering Graphics and Computer Aided Design / Professional English and soft skills

1 1 2 3 1 4

2 BS MAA4101 Matrices and Calculus 3 0 2 4 1 5

3 BS PHA4101/ CYA4101

Engineering Physics / Engineering Materials

3 0 0 3 1 3

4 BS CSA4101 GEA4102

Problem Solving Using C / Sustainable Engineering Systems

2 0 2* 3/2 1 4/3

5 PC MHB4102/ MHB4101

Introduction to Digital Systems* / Engineering and Design

2/3 0 2* 3 1 3

6 BS MHA4131 Engineering Immersion Lab 0 0 2 0.5 2 2

7 BS PHA4131/ CYA4131

Engineering Physics Lab/ Materials Chemistry Lab

0 0 2 1 0 2

Total 11/12

1 12 17.5/16.5

7 23/22

*Project based learning

SEMESTER - II

SL. NO

COURSE CATEGORY

COURSE CODE

NAME OF THE COURSE L T P C S TCH

1 BS MAA4117 Analytical Mathematics 3 0 2 4 0 4

2 BS PHA4101/ CYA4101

Engineering Physics / Engineering Materials

3 0 0 3 1 3

3 BS ELA4101/MEA4101

Professional English and soft skills / Engineering Graphics and Computer Aided Design

1 1 2 3 1 4

4 BS CSA4101 GEA4102

Problem Solving Using C / Sustainable Engineering Systems

2 0 2* 3/2 1 4/3

5 PC MHB4102/ MHB4101

Introduction to Digital Systems* / Engineering and Design

2/3 0 2* 3 1 3

6 PC MEB4116 Engineering Mechanics 3 1 0 4 1 4

7 PC MHB4117 Basics of Mechatronics 2 0 2 3 1 3

8 PC MHB4141 Floor Shop Training 0 0 2 1 2 1

9 BS MHA4131 Engineering Immersion Lab 0 0 2 0.5 2 2

10 BS PHA4131/ CYA4131

Engineering Physics Lab/ Materials Chemistry Lab

0 0 2 1 0 2

Total 16/17

2 16 25.5/24.5

10 30/29

Page 31: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

30

SEMESTER - III

SL. NO

COURSE CATEGORY

COURSE CODE

NAME OF THE COURSE L T P C S TCH

1 BS MAA4201 Partial Differential Equations and Transforms

3 1 0 4 0 4

2 PC MHB4201 Manufacturing Processes 3 0 0 3 0 3

3 PC MHB4202 Mechanics of Machines 3 0 2 4 1 5

4 PC MHB4203 Embedded Systems 3 0 2 4 1 5

5 DE Department Elective-I 3 0 0 3 0 3

6 NE Non Department Elective- I 2 0 0 2 0 2

7 PC MHB4231 Computer Aided Design Lab 0 0 2 1 0 2

8 PC MHB4232 Manufacturing Processes Lab 0 0 3 1 0 3

9 PC MHB4233 Design Project I 0 0 2 1 0 2

Total 17 1 11 23 2 29

SEMESTER - IV

SL. NO

COURSE CATEGORY

COURSE CODE

NAME OF THE COURSE L T P C S TCH

1 PC MHB4218 Electrical Machines and Drives 3 0 0 3 1 3

2 PC GEA4216 Professional ethics and life skills 2 0 0 2 1 2

3 PC MHB4219 Solid and Fluid Mechanics 3 0 0 3 2 3

4 PC MHB4220 Statistics and Data Analytics 3 0 2 4 0 5

5 DE Department Elective-II 3 0 0 3 0 3

6 NE Non Department Elective–II 2 0 0 2 0 2

7 PC MHB4242 Electrical Machines and Drives lab 0 0 2 1 0 2

8 PC MHB4243 Solid and Fluid Mechanics Lab 0 0 3 2 0 3

9 PC MHB4244 Design Project II 0 0 2 1 0 2

Total 16 0 9 21 4 25

Page 32: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

31

SEMESTER - V

SL. NO

COURSE CATEGORY

COURSE CODE

NAME OF THE COURSE L T P C S TCH

1 PC MHB4301 Metrology and Measurements 3 0 2 4 0 5

2 PC MHB4304 Control Systems 2 1 2 4 2 5

3 PC MHB4305 Hydraulics and Pneumatics 3 0 0 3 1 3

4 HS GEA4304 Business Economics 3 0 0 3 1 3

5 DE Department Elective-III 3 0 0 3 0 3

6 NE Non Department Elective–III 2 0 0 2 0 2

7 PC MHB4334 Hydraulics and Pneumatics Lab 0 0 2 1 0 2

8 PC MHB4335 Virtual Instrumentation Lab 0 1 3 3 2 4

9 PC MHB4336 Design Project III 0 0 2 1 0 2

Total 16 2 11 24 6 29

SEMESTER - VI

SL. NO

COURSE CATEGORY

COURSE CODE

NAME OF THE COURSE L T P C S TCH

1 PC MHB4321 Sensors and Motion Control 3 0 0 3 2 3

2 PC MHB4322 Design of Mechatronics System 3 0 2 4 3 5

3 PC MHB4323 CNC Technology 3 0 2 4 3 5

4 PC MHB4324 Industrial Electronics 3 0 0 3 3 3

5 DE Department Elective-IV 3 0 0 3 0 3

6 NE Non Department Elective–IV 2 0 0 2 0 2

7 PC MHB4345 Sensors and Motion Control Lab 0 0 3 2 0 3

8 PC MHB4346 Design Project IV 0 0 2 1 0 2

9 PC MHB4347 Comprehension 1 0 0 1 0 1

Total 18 0 9 23 11 27

Page 33: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

32

SEMESTER - VII

SL.

NO

COURSE

CATEGORY

COURSE

CODE NAME OF THE COURSE L T P C S TCH

1 PC MHB4407 NDT and Condition Monitoring 3 0 0 3 2 3

2 PC MHB4408 Robotics and Machine Vision 3 1 0 4 3 4

3 PC MHB4409 Artificial Intelligence for

Mechatronics 3 0 2 4 3 5

4 PC MHB4410 Fundamentals of Signal Processing 3 0 2 4 0 5

5 DE Department Elective - V 3 0 0 3 0 3

6 NE Non Department Elective –V 2 0 0 2 0 2

7 PC MHB4437 Robotics and Machine Vision Lab 0 0 2 1 0 2

8 PC MHB4438 NDT and Condition Monitoring Lab 0 0 3 2 0 3

9 PC MHB4439 Design Project V 0 0 2 1 0 2

Total 17 1 11 24 8 29

SEMESTER - VIII

SL.

NO

COURSE

CATEGORY

COURSE

CODE NAME OF THE COURSE L T P C S TCH

1 PC MHB4448 Project 0 0 24 8 0 24

Total 0 0 24 8 0 24

Total 165

Page 34: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

33

LIST OF DEPARTMENTAL ELECTIVES WITH GROUPING - SEMESTER WISE

SEM COURSE

CATEGORY COURSE

CODE NAME OF THE COURSE L T P C S TCH

3 DE MBS4251 Basics of Robotics 3 0 0 3 1 3

3 DE MBS4252 Mechatronics System Applications 3 0 0 3 1 3

3 DE MBS4253 Mobile Robots 3 0 0 3 1 3

3 DE MAA4301 Optimization Techniques 3 0 0 3 1 3

4 DE MBS4266 Industrial Robots 3 0 0 3 1 3

4 DE MBS4267 Machining Technology 3 0 0 3 1 3

4 DE MBS4268 Applied Pneumatics For Industrial Automation 3 0 0 3 1 3

4 DE MBS4269 Product Development 3 0 0 3 1 3

5 DE MBS4355 Building Automation 3 0 0 3 1 3

5 DE MBS4356 Electronic Devices And Circuits 3 0 0 3 1 3

5 DE MBS4357 Industrial Instrumentation 3 0 0 3 1 3

5 DE MBS4358 Applied Thermodynamics 3 0 0 3 1 3

6 DE MBS4370 Analog Electronics 3 0 0 3 1 3

6 DE MBS4371 Operational Research 3 0 0 3 1 3

6 DE MBS4372 Robotic Operating System 3 0 0 3 1 3

6 DE MBS4373 Virtual Reality 3 0 0 3 1 3

7 DE MBS4459 Robotic Process Automation 3 0 0 3 1 3

7 DE MBS4460 Industrial Engineering 3 0 0 3 1 3

7 DE MBS4461 Total Quality Management 3 0 0 3 1 3

7 DE MBS4462 Finite Element Analysis 3 0 0 3 1 3

7 DE MHB4463 Aerial Robots 3 0 0 3 1 3

Page 35: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

34

LIST OF NON DEPARTMENTAL ELECTIVES OFFERED BY MECHATRONICS WITH GROUPING - SEMESTER WISE

SEM COURSE

CATEGORY

COURSE

CODE NAME OF THE COURSE L T P C S TCH

3 NE MHF4281 Building of Mobile Robots 2 0 0 2 1 2

4 NE MHF4291 Interdisciplinary Approach to Industrial Problems

2 0 0 2 1 2

5 NE MHF4382 Building of Under Water Robots 2 0 0 2 1 2

6 NE MHF4392 Immersive Technologies 2 0 0 2 1 2

Page 36: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

35

SEMESTER – I

COURSE TITLE ENGINEERING GRAPHICS AND COMPUTER

AIDED DESIGN CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE MEA4101 COURSE CATEGORY BS L-T-P-S 1- 1- 2- 1

CIA 60% ESE 40%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1 Understand drafting and computer aided drafting. Remember the commands used in AutoCAD to generate simple drawings.

1,2,3,5

2 Explain details in a drawing and apply the knowledge to solve simple problems involving straight lines, planes and solids

1,2,3,5

3 Understand and Visualize solid objects and apply AutoCAD software commands to generate the graphic models

1,2,3,5

4 Apply the 3D model commands to generate and solid object 1,2,3,5

5 Apply the viewing AutoCAD commands to generate top view, front view and additional or sectional views.

1,2,3,5

6 Student can able to develop any graphical model of geometrical and simple mechanical objects in AutoCAD software.

1,2,3,5,6,7,12

Prerequisites : Nil

MODULE 1: BASICS OF ENGINEERING GRAPHICS AND PLANE CURVES (12)

Importance of graphics - BIS conventions and specifications - drawing sheet sizes - Lettering –

Dimensioning - Scales. Drafting methods - introduction to Computer Aided Drafting – Computer

Hardware – Workstation – Printer and Plotter – Introduction to software for Computer Aided Design

and Drafting – Exposure to Solid Modelling software – Geometrical Construction-Coordinate

Systems/Basic Entities – 3D printer.

Suggested Reading: Solid modeling Software commands

MODULE 2: VISUALIZATION, ORTHOGRAPHIC PROJECTIONS AND FREE HAND SKETCHING (15)

Visualization concepts and Free Hand sketching: Visualization principles —Representation of Three

Dimensional objects — Pictorial Projection methods - Layout of views- Free hand sketching of multiple

views from pictorial views of objects. Drafting of simple Geometric Objects/Editing. General principles

of presentation of technical drawings as per BIS - Introduction to Orthographic projections - Naming

views as per BIS - First angle projection method. Conversion to orthographic views from given pictorial

views of objects, including dimensioning – Drafting of Orthographic views from Pictorial views.

Suggested Reading: CAD software commands for sketching a drawing

MODULE 3: GEOMETRICAL MODELING ISOMETRIC VIEWS AND DEVELOPMENT OF SURFACES (15)

Principles of isometric projection and solid modelling. Isometric drawing – Iso Planes and 3D Modelling

commands. Projections of Principal Views from 3-D Models. Solid Modelling – Types of modelling -

Wire frame model, Surface Model and Solid Model – Introduction to graphic software for solid

modelling. Development of Surfaces.

Suggested Reading: Surface modeling and solid modeling commands

Page 37: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

36

MODULE 4: COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING (15)

Preparation of solid models of machine components like slide block, solid bearing block, bushed

bearing, gland, wall bracket, guide bracket, shaft bracket, jig plate, shaft support (open type), vertical

shaft support etc using appropriate modelling software.

2D views and sectional view, computer aided drafting and dimensioning. Generate 2D drawing from

the 3D models – generate and develop the lateral surfaces of the objects. Presentation Techniques

of Engineering Drawings – Title Blocks – Printing/Plotting the 2D/3D drawing using printer and

printing solid object using 3D printer.

Suggested Reading: CAD commands for modeling and views generation

MODULE 5: SIMPLE DESIGN PROJECTS - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING (15)

Creation of engineering models and their presentation in standard 2D form, 3D Wire-Frame and

shaded solids, meshed topologies for engineering analysis, tool-path generation for component

manufacture, geometric dimensioning and tolerancing. Use of solid-modelling software for creating

associative models at the components and assembly levels in their respective branch of engineering

like building floor plans that include: windows, doors, fixtures such as WC, Sink, shower, slide block,

etc. Applying colour coding according to drawing practice.

Suggested Reading: CAD commands for modeling and views generation

TEXT BOOKS

1 Jeyapoovan T, Engineering Drawing and Graphics Using AutoCAD, 7th Edition, Vikas Publishing

House Pvt Ltd., New Delhi, 2016

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Introduction to AutoCAD – 2D and 3D Design, A.Yarmwood, Newnes Elsevier, 2011

2 Engineering Drawing and Graphic Technology-International Edition, Thomas E. French, Charles

J. Vierck, Robert J. Foster, McGraw-Hill, 2014

3 Engineering Drawing and Design, Sixth Edition, C. Jensen, J.D. Helsel, D.R. Short, McGraw-Hill,

2012

4 Technical Drawing-Fourteenth Edition, F. E. Giesecke, A. Mitchell, H. C. Spencer, I.L. Hill, J.T.

Dygdon, J.E., Novak, Prentice-Hall, 2012,

5 Bhatt N.D and Panchal V.M, Engineering Drawing: Plane and Solid Geometry, Charotar

Publishing House, 2017.

6 Warren J. Luzadder and Jon. M. Duff, Fundamentals of Engineering Drawing, Prentice Hall of

India Pvt. Ltd., Eleventh Edition, 2016.

E BOOKS

1 http://keralatechnologicaluniversity.blogspot.in/2015/06/engineering-graphics-j-benjamin-

pentex-free-ebook-pdf-download.html

2 http://keralatechnologicaluniversity.blogspot.in/2015/06/engineering-graphics-p-i-arghes.Html

MOOC

1 http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112103019/

2 http://nptel.ac.in/courses/105104148/

Page 38: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

37

COURSE TITLE PROFESSIONAL ENGLISH AND SOFT SKILLS CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE ELA4101 COURSE CATEGORY BS L-T-P-S 1-1-2-1

CIA 60% ESE 40%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL – 6

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. Understanding the importance of professional communication and applying

the knowledge. 9,10,12

2.

Integrate the knowledge of phonetics, enhancing the listening skills in formal

and real-life situations; enhance pronunciation skills based on the knowledge

of phonetics.

9,10,12

3.

Construct appropriate sentences in English Language, applying grammatical

rules and mastery in syntax. Develop reading skills and derive the contextual

meaning, case studies and analyzing problems

9,10,12

4. Integrate creativity in the writing skills both in formal and informal situations,

related to environment, society and multidisciplinary environments

9,10,12

5. Imbibing soft skills to excel in interpersonal skills essential for workplace 9,10,12

Prerequisites : Plus Two English-Intermediate Level

MODULE 1 – THE ELEMENTS OF COMMUNICATION (9)

Importance of communication through English -Process of communication and factors that influence

speaking- Importance of audience and purpose- Principles of Communication-comparing general

communication and business Communication-Professional Communication-barriers to

communication –strategies to overcome communication barriers-formal and informal

communication

Suggested Activities:

Self-introduction-short Conversations-Situational communication-dialogue writing -Language

Functions-analyse the speech and comment-distinguish formal and informal style of communication-

using bias-free language- news reports.

Suggested Reading:

Rogerson, Trish Stott & Derek Utley.2011

Elements of Effective Communication: 4th Edition, Plain and Precious Publishing, USA, by Randal S.

Chase (Author), Wayne Shamo (Author)

Effective Communication Skills, MTD Training & Ventus Publishing (e book)

MODULE 2 – AURAL –ORAL COMMUNICATION IN ENGLISH (9)

Vowels- diphthongs- consonants - International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) ; phonemic transcription

(simple words)-syllable division and word stress –enunciation-GIE script(General Indian English)-

neutral accent- sentence rhythm and weak forms - contrastive stress in sentences to highlight

different words - intonation varieties of Spoken English : Standard Indian, American and British-

Speaking to Communicate-speech acts - Language Patterns

Page 39: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

38

(Note: This unit should be taught in a simple, non-technical manner, avoiding technical terms as

far as possible).

Suggested activities: (Audio CD) Listen and repeat, listen to the sentences and fill in the blanks,

Listening to passages and answering questions, marking the stressed syllable, phonemic script of

simple words, sentence rhythm and intonation (rising tone and falling tone), short speeches.

Individual presentations-dynamics of a group discussion

Suggested sources:

Cambridge IELTS , Professional Speaking Skills by Aruna Koneru, Oxford Press, Face to face series

Cambridge University Press, Speaking Effectively, Cambridge University Press, Jeremy Comfort,

Pamela

MODULE 3 - GRAMMAR AND DEVELOPMENT OF READING SKILLS (9)

Noun Phrase, Verb Phrase, Tense and Aspect, Articles, Pronouns and determiners, Sentence Pattern,

interrogative and negative sentences-subject verb agreement -Vocabulary-word formation: prefixes

and suffixes, reading passages-inductive vs deductive reading-newspaper articles- comprehension

passages –cloze reading-annotating-editing

Suggested Activities:

Identify the errors in sentences, grammar exercises, book reviews, mini project on suggested reading

activity - reading technical passages based on students area of specialization answering questions-

reading passage for identifying the contextual meaning

Suggested sources:

Skills for the TOEFL IBT Test, Collins IELTS, Cambridge books Practical English Usage by Michael Swan

, Cambridge University Press

MODULE 4 - EFFECTIVE WRITING AND BUSINESS COMMUNICATION (9)

Paragraph writing- topic sentence-connectives - process writing-Memoranda-Business letters-

Resumes /Visumes and job applications-drafting a report-agenda and minutes of the meeting-ATR-

project proposals-email etiquette- interpreting visual data(bar chart, pie chart, line graphs)

Suggested activities: Writing short paragraph based on environment protection, societal issues,

health, cultural contexts etc., identifying topic sentences, linking pairs of sentences, cause and effect

exercises, formal letters, e mails, drafting project proposals, drafting agenda, minutes of the meeting

Suggested sources:

Cambridge Advanced English, Newspapers, library books, IELTS,IELTS Academic Writing 1,New

Insights into IELTS, CUP

MODULE 5 – SOFT SKILLS (9)

Introducing Soft Skills &Life Skills- Myers Briggs Type Indicator – the Big Five Model Personality -

Employability Skills- Workplace Etiquette- Professional Ethics -Time Management-Stress

Management- Lateral Thinking (De Bono’s Six Thinking Hats) and Problem Solving Skills

Suggested Activities:

Mock interviews, GD’s, short oral presentation, lateral thinking puzzles, Case analysis and self-study

assignments, Worksheet activities.

Suggested Sources:

Page 40: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

39

Soft Skills and Employability Skills by Sabina Pillai and Agna Fernandez, Cambridge University Press,

2018.

Soft Skills for Everyone by Jeff Butterfield, Cengage Learning Education and personality development,

K. Manoharan English for Life and the Workplace through the LSRW&T skills

Lateral Thinking skills by Edward De Bono

TEXT BOOKS

1. An Introduction to Profession English and Soft Skills with audio CD by Dr. Bikram K.

Das et al. Published by Cambridge University Press. 2009

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Soft Skills & Employability Skills by Sabina Pillai and Agna Fernandez published by

Cambridge University Press 2018.

2. Embark, English for Undergraduates by Steve Hart et al, Cambridge University Press,2016,

Edition

3. Skills for the TOEFL IBT Test, Collins, 2012 edition

4. Soft Skills for Everyone by Jeff Butterfield, Cengage Learning, 2010 edition

5. English for Life and the Workplace Through LSRW&T skills, by Dolly John, Pearson

Publications, 2014 edition

6. Professional Speaking Skills by Aruna Koneru, Oxford Publications.

7. The official Cambridge guide to IELTS for Academic and General Training, Cambridge

University Press, 2014 edition.

8. Cambridge BEC Vantage, Self-Study edition, Practice Tests, CUP, 2002

9. English for Business Studies, 3rd edition, Ian Mackenzie, Cambridge University Press

10. Education and Personality Development by Dr. P.K.Manoharan, APH Publishing

Corporation, 2015

11. Speaking Effectively by Jeremy Comfort et al, Cambridge University Press, 2011.

E BOOKS

1. https://www.britishcouncil.in/english/courses-business

2. http://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/pronunciation

3. http://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/

4. http://www.antimoon.com/how/pronunc-soundsipa.htm

5. http://www.cambridgeenglish.org/learning-english/free-resources/write-and-improve/

6. Oneshopenglish.com

7. Breakingnews.com

MOOC

1 https://www.mooc-list.com/tags/english

2 https://www.mooc-list.com/course/adventures-writing-stanford-online

Page 41: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

40

COURSE TITLE MATRICES AND CALCULUS

(Common for all Departments ) CREDITS 4

COURSE CODE MAA4101 COURSE CATEGORY BS L-T-P-S 3-0-2-1

CIA 60% ESE 40%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL- 4

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. Able to study the concepts of matrices and apply them in related engineering problems.

1,2,3

2. Capable to use the features of Differential Calculus in optimization problems.

1,2,3,5

3. Able to extend the concepts of integral calculus in finding area and volume. 1,2,3,5

4. Skilled to solve ordinary differential equations in engineering problems. 1,2,3,12

Prerequisites : Nil

MODULE 1: MATRICES (13L+2P)

Characteristic equation – Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors – Properties – Cayley Hamilton theorem (Statement only) – Verification and inverse of the matrix using Cayley Hamilton theorem- Diagonalization of matrices using similarity transformation. Suggested Reading: Basics of Matrices Lab 1: Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors, Verification and inverse using Cayley Hamilton theorem- Diagonalization

MODULE 2: DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS (13L+2P)

Methods of differentiation of functions – Product and Quotient rules – Inverse trigonometric functions – Implicit function – parametric form. Partial differentiation – Total differentiation- Taylor’s series – Maxima and minima of functions of two variables Suggested Reading: Basics of Differentiation Lab 2: Taylor’s series – Maxima and minima of functions of two variables

MODULE 3: INTEGRAL CALCULUS (13L+2P)

Integration – Methods of integration – Substitution method – Integration by parts – Integration using partial fraction – Bernoulli’s formula. Applications of Integral Calculus: Area, Surface and Volume. Suggested Reading: Basics of Integrations Lab 3: Applications of Integral Calculus: Area, Surface area and Volume.

MODULE 4: ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (13L+2P)

Second order differential equations with constant coefficients – Particular integrals –

, , ,ax me Sinax Cosax x , e ax Cos bx, e ax Sin bx. Solutions of homogeneous differential equations with

variable coefficients – Variation of parameters. Suggested Reading: Basics of Differential Equations. Lab 4: Solution of Second order differential equations.

LAB/MINI PROJECT/FIELD WORK

Theory with practical classes

Page 42: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

41

TEXT BOOKS

1 Grewal B.S., “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 43rd Edition, 2014

2 Bali N. P and Manish Goyal, “A Text book of Engineering Mathematics”, Eighth Edition, Laxmi Publications Pvt Ltd., 2011.

3 Chandrasekaran A, “A Text book of Engineering Mathematics I”, Dhanam Publications,

Chennai, 2010

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Srimantha Pal and Bhunia, S.C, "Engineering Mathematics" Oxford University Press, 2015.

2 Weir, M.D and Joel Hass, Thomas’ Calculus, 12th Edition, Pearson India, 2016.

3 Advanced Engineering Mathematics With Matlab, Third Edition, 2011 by CRC Press.

E BOOKS

1 http://nptel.ac.in/courses/111105035/

2 https://www.edx.org/.../introduction-engineering-mathematics-utarlingtonx-engr3

MOOC

1. https://www.mooc-list.com/tags/engineering-mathematics

COURSE TITLE ENGINEERING PHYSICS

(AERO, MECH, AUTO, CHEMICAL, BIOTECH, CIVIL) CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE PHA4101 COURSE CATEGORY BS L-T-P-S 3-0-0-1

CIA 50% ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. Solve basic problems in mechanics and also understand the properties of matter.

1,4,3,10

2. Have a knowledge of acoustics and ultrasonics which would facilitate in acoustical design of buildings and also be able to employ ultrasonics as an engineering tool.

1,4,3,10

3. Knowledge on fundamental concepts of Quantum physics 1,4,3,10,12

4. Fundamental knowledge on semiconductors and discrete devices. 1,4,3,10,12

5. Understand the concept, working and application of lasers and fiber optics. 1,4,3,10,12

Prerequisites: Knowledge in fundamentals of physics at higher secondary level.

MODULE 1 – PROPERTIES OF MATTER AND HEAT (9L)

Elasticity - types of moduli of elasticity - Young’s modulus - Rigidity modulus - Bulk modulus - Factors affecting elasticity - twisting couple on a wire - Torsional pendulum - determination of rigidity modulus of a wire - depression of a cantilever - Young’s modulus by cantilever - uniform and non-uniform bending. Thermal conductivity – experimental determination of thermal conductivities of good and bad conductors – Forbe’s method – theory and experiment – Lee’s disc method for bad conductors

Page 43: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

42

MODULE 2 – ACOUSTICS AND ULTRASONICS (9L)

Classification of sound - characteristics of musical sound – intensity - loudness - Weber Fechner law - Decibel - Reverberation - Reverberation time, derivation of Sabine’s formula for reverberation time(Jaeger’s method) - absorption coefficient and its determination - factors affecting acoustics of building (Optimum reverberation time, loudness, focusing, echo, echelon effect, resonance and noise) and their remedies - Ultrasonics- production – Magnetostriction and Piezoelectric methods – properties – applications.

MODULE 3 – QUANTUM PHYSICS (9L)

Black body radiation- Planck’s theory (derivation) – Deduction of Wien's displacement law and Rayleigh – Jean’s law from Planck's theory – Compton effect – Theory and experimental verification – Schrödinger's wave equation – Time independent and time dependent equations – Physical significance of wave function – Particle in a one dimensional box Extension to 3 dimension (no derivation)

MODULE 4 –CRYSTAL PHYSICS AND MAGNETISM (9L)

Crystal - Lattice - Unit cell - Bravais lattice - Lattice planes - Miller indices - ‘d’ spacing in cubic lattice - Calculation of number of atoms per unit cell - Atomic radius - coordination number - Packing factor for SC, BCC, FCC and HCP structures. Magnetic dipole moment - atomic magnetic moments- magnetic permeability and susceptibility - Types of magnetism: diamagnetism - paramagnetism - ferromagnetism - antiferromagnetism – ferrimagnetism - domain structure – hysteresis - hard and soft magnetic materials – applications.

MODULE 5 – PHOTONICS AND FIBRE OPTICS (9L)

Principle of lasers - Stimulated absorption - Spontaneous emission, stimulated emission - population inversion - pumping action - active medium - laser characteristics – Nd-Yag laser -CO2 laser - Semiconductor laser - applications - optical fiber - principle and propagation of light in optical fibers - Numerical aperture and acceptance angle - types of optical fibers - single and multimode, step index and graded index fibers - fiber optic communication system.

LAB / MINI PROJECT / FIELD WORK

NA

TEXT BOOKS

1. P.Mani, “ Engineering Physics”, Vol-I & II, Dhanam Publications, Chennai. (2011)

2. Gaur R.K. and Gupta S.L., “Engineering Physics”, 8th edition, Dhanpat Rai publications (P) Ltd., New Delhi. (2010)

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Arthur Beiser, "Concepts of Modern Physics", Tata Mc Graw – Hill Publications. (2007)

2. Rajendran V. Marikani A., “Applied Physics for engineers”, 3rd edition, Tata Mc Graw –Hill publishing company Ltd., New Delhi. (2003)

E BOOKS

1 https://www.bookyards.com/en/book/details/13921/Elements-Of-Properties-Of-Matter

2 http://iopscience.iop.org/book/978-1-6817-4585-5

3 https://www.springer.com/in/book/9783319206295

MOOC

1 http://nptel.ac.in/courses/115106061/

2 http://nptel.ac.in/courses/117101054/12

Page 44: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

43

COURSE TITLE ENGINEERING MATERIALS

(Common to ALL Branches of Engineering) CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE CYA4101 COURSE CATEGORY BS L-T-P-S 3-0-0-1

CIA 50% ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. Student will be able to - Suggest suitable metals for alloying. 1,4,3,9,10,4,8,6,7,11

2. Identify the materials apt for engineering applications. 1,4,3,9,10,4,8,6,7,11

3 Select high temperature materials for engineering applications. 1,4,3,9,10,4,8,6,7,11

4. Map the properties of nanomaterials with their applications. 1,4,3,9,10,4,8,6,7,11

5. Suggest suitable materials for electronic applications. 1,4,3,9,10,4,8,6,7,11

Prerequisites: Knowledge in fundamentals of chemistry at higher secondary level.

MODULE 1 – CRYSTAL STRUCTURE AND PHASE RULE (9L)

Basic Crystal Systems – Types, characteristics, examples – Space lattice, Unit cell – types – X-ray

diffraction and crystal structure.

Basic terminology - Derivation of Gibbs Phase rule- Phase diagrams: One component system (water),

Two component system –- Reduced phase rule: Simple Eutectic system, examples, Phase diagram: Ag-

Pb system, Pb-Sn system – Applications of phase rule.

MODULE 2 – POWDER METALLURGY, INORGANIC MATERIALS AND COMPOSITES. (9L)

Steel – Composition, types, heat-treatment, Abrasives – Classification, Properties, Uses - Refractories

– Classification, Properties, Applications. Glasses – Properties, Types, Specialty glasses.

Composites - Introduction - Definition – Constituents – Classification - Fiber-reinforced Composites –

Types and Applications.

Powder Metallurgy – Preparation of metal/alloy– Advantages and limitations.

MODULE 3 – NANOMATERIALS AND MOLECULAR SIEVES (9L)

Introduction – Synthesis of Nanomaterials - Bottom-up and Top-down approaches – Methods of

preparation – Sol-gel process, Gas-phase condensation, Chemical Vapour Deposition. Properties –

Optical, Electrical, Magnetic, Chemical properties (introduction only). Characterization – FE-SEM, TEM

(Principle and Applications only).

Zeolite Molecular sieves – composition, structure, classification - applications – ion exchange,

adsorption, separation, laundry, catalysis.

MODULE 4 – MATERIALS FOR ELECTRONIC APPLICATONS (9L)

Liquid Crystals- Introduction – Characteristics – Classification- Thermotropic crystals- - Polymorphism

in Thermotropic Liquid Crystals – Molecular arrangement in various states of Liquid Crystals, Lyotropic

Liquid Crystals- Applications.

Conducting and Super conducting Organic electronic materials - Applications.

Engineering plastics: Polycarbonate – Properties and uses- Conducting Polymers: Classification,

Intrinsic Conducting Polymers, Extrinsic Conducting Polymers, Applications - Biodegradable Polymers,

examples and applications.

Page 45: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

44

MODULE 5 – LUBRICANTS, ADHESIVES AND EXPLOSIVES (9L)

Lubricants – Mechanism of Lubrication, Classification and Properties, Semi Solid Lubricants, Solid

Lubricants, MoS2 and Graphite - Adhesives – Development of Adhesive strength, Physical and

Chemical factors influencing adhesive action, Classification of Adhesives – Epoxy Resin (Preparation,

Properties and Applications). Explosives – Requisites, Classification, Precautions during storage –

Rocket propellants – Requisites - Classification.

LAB / MINI PROJECT/FIELD WORK

NA

TEXT BOOKS

1 P.C. Jain and Monicka Jain, Engineering Chemistry, Dhanpat Raj Publishing Company (P) Ltd,

New Delhi – 2012

2 Puri, Sharma and Pathania, Principles of Physical Chemistry, Vishal Publishing Co. Jalandar,

2004.

3 Composite materials, K.K. Chawala, 3rd ed., (2012) Springer-Verlag, New York

4 Nanocomposite Science and Technology, P. M. Ajayan, L. S. Schadler, P. V. Braun, (2003),

Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

5 Mechanics and Analysis of Composite Materials, V.V. Vasiliev and E.V. Morozov, (2001),

Elsevier Science Ltd, The Boulevard, Langford Lane, Kidlington, Oxford OX5 lGB, UK.

E BOOKS

1 http://www.erforum.net/2016/01/engineering-chemistry-by-jain-and-jain-pdf-free-

ebook.html

2 https://abmpk.files.wordpress.com/2014/02/book_maretial-science-callister.pdf `

MOOC

1 https://www.edx.org/course/materials-science-engineering-misisx-mse1x

2 https://www.mooc-list.com/tags/materials-science

Page 46: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

45

COURSE TITLE PROBLEM SOLVING USING C CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE CSA4101 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 2-0-2-0

CIA 60% ESE 40%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to

1 Describe the basics of digital computer and programming languages. 1,2,8,12

2 Demonstrate problem solving techniques using flowchart,

algorithm/pseudo code to solve the given problem.

1,2,3,5,12

3 Design and Implement C program using Control Statements and Functions. 1,2,3,5,9,10,1

2

4 Design and Implement C program using Pointers and File operations. 1,2,3,12

5 Identify the need for embedded C in real-time applications. 1,2,6,12

Prerequisites: Nil

MODULE 1 – PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES AND PROBLEM SOLVING TECHNIQUES (6L+6P)

Introduction – Fundamentals of digital computers - Programming languages -Programming

Paradigms – Types of Programming Languages – Language Translators – Problem Solving Techniques:

Algorithm – Flow Chart - Pseudo code.

Practical Component:

Drawing Flowcharts using E- Chart & Writing pseudo code for the following problems

(i) Greatest of three numbers

(ii) Sum of N numbers

(iii) Computation of nCr

MODULE 2: FUNDAMENTALS OF C (6L+6P)

Evolution of C -Why C language - Applications of C language - Data Types in C – Operators and

Expressions – Input and Output statements in C – Decision Statements – Loop Control Statements.

Practical Component:

(i) Program to illustrate arithmetic and logical operators

(ii) Program to read and print data of different types

(iii) Program to calculate area and volume of various geometrical shapes

(iv) Program to compute biggest of three numbers

(v) Program to print multiplication table

(vi) Program to convert days to years, months and days

(vii) Program to find sum of the digits of an integer.

MODULE 3: FUNCTIONS, ARRAYS AND STRINGS (6L+6P)

Functions – Storage Class – Arrays – Strings and standard functions - Pre-processor Statements.

Practical Component:

(i) Program to compute Factorial, Fibonacci series and sum of n numbers using recursion

(ii) Program to compute sum and average of N Numbers stored in an array

(iii) Program to sort the given n numbers stored in an array

Page 47: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

46

(iv) Program to search for the given element in an array

(v) Program to do word count

(vi) Program to insert a substring in a string

(vii) Program to concatenate and compare two strings

(viii) Program using pre-processor statements

MODULE 4: POINTERS, STRUCTURES AND UNION (6L+6P)

Pointers – Dynamic Memory allocation – Structure and Union – Files.

Practical Component:

(i) Program to compute sum of integers stored in a 1-D array using pointers and dynamic memory

allocation

(ii) Program to read and print records of a student/payroll database using structures

(iii) Program to simulate file copy

(iv) Program to illustrate sequential access file

(v) Program to illustrate random access file

MODULE 5: INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDDED C (6L+6P)

Structure of embedded C program - Data Types - Operators - Statements - Functions - Keil C

Compiler.

Practical component:

Simple programs using embedded C

LAB / MINI PROJECT / FIELD WORK

NA

TEXT BOOKS

1. Jeyapoovan T, “Fundamentals of Computing and Programming in C”, Vikas Publishing house,

2015.

2. Mark Siegesmund, "Embedded C Programming", first edition, Elsevier publications,

2014.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Ashok Kamthane, “Computer Programming”, Pearson Education, 7th Edition, Inc 2017.

2. Yashavant Kanetkar, “Let us C”, 15th edition, BPP publication, 2016.

3. S.Sathyalakshmi, S.Dinakar, “Computer Programming Practicals – Computer Lab Manual”,

Dhanam Publication, First Edition, July 2013.

E BOOKS

1. https://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/C_Programming

MOOC

1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18-cs10/preview

2. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105085/2

3. https://www.udemy.com/c-programming-for-beginners/

4. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/c-programming

Page 48: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

47

COURSE TITLE SUSTAINABLE ENGINEERING SYSTEMS

(Common to ALL Branches of Engineering) CREDITS 2

COURSE CODE GEA4102 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 2-0-0-1

CIA 50% ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. Students learn the principles of sustainability with case studies. 2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12

2. Students will be able to understand assessing technologies and their impact on environment.

2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12

3 To learn the concept of Green Engineering and to apply in their projects at higher semesters.

2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12

4. Management of natural resources and waste management from various types of industries.

2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12

5. Students learn water technology and behavioral aspects of humans. 2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12

Prerequisites: Knowledge in fundamentals of chemistry at higher secondary level.

MODULE 1 – PRINCIPLES OF SUSTAINABLE SYSTEMS (5L)

Sustainability Definitions - Principles of Sustainable Design, Sustainable Engineering -Frameworks for

Applying Sustainability Principles - Summary & Activities.

MODULE 2 – TECHNOLOGY DEVELOPMENT AND LIFECYCLE ASSESSMENT (5L)

Technology as a part of anthropogenic environment - Technology readiness levels (TRL) – technical

metrics - Emerging, converging, disruptive technologies - Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) methodology -

Summary & Activities.

MODULE 3 – GREEN ENGINEERING (5L)

Principles of Green Engineering - Frameworks for assessment of alternatives - Green Engineering

examples - Multifunctional Materials and Their Impact on Sustainability - Summary & Activities.

MODULE 4 – RESOURCE MANAGEMENT TECHNOLOGIES (5L)

Waste management purpose and strategies - Recycling: open-loop versus closed-loop thinking -

Recycling efficiency - Management of food waste and composting technologies - E-waste

stream management - Reuse and redistribution programs - LCA approach to waste management

systems - Summary and Activities.

MODULE 5 – SUSTAINABLE WATER AND WASTEWATER SYSTEMS (5L)

Water cycle - Water conservation and protection technologies - Water treatment systems Metrics

for assessment of water management technologies-Summary & Activities.

MODULE 6 - BEHAVIORAL ASPECTS AND FEEDBACKS (5L)

Collaborative Decision Making - Role of Community and Social Networking - Human Factor in

Sustainability Paradigm - Summary & Activities.

Page 49: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

48

TEXT BOOKS

1. Vanek, F.M., and L.D. Albright, Energy Systems Engineering. Evaluation and Implementation, McGraw Hill, 2008.

2. C.U. Becker, Sustainability Ethics and Sustainability Research, Springer 2012.

3. J.B. Guinee et al., Life Cycle Assessment: Past, Present, and Future, Environ. Sci. Technol., 2011, 45, 90-96.

4. Anastas, P.T., Zimmerman, J.B., Innovations in Green Chemistry and Green Engineering, Springer 2013.

5. Solid Waste Technology & Management, Volume 1 & 2, Christensen, T., Ed., Wiley and Sons., 2010.

6. Sterman, J.D., in Sustainability Science: The Emerging Paradigm, Weinstein, M.P. and Turner, R.E. (Eds.), Springer Science+Business Media, LLC 2012.

E BOOKS

1. David T. Allen, David R. Shonnard, Sustainable Engineering Concepts, Design and Case

Studies, Pearson Education, December 2011. (ISBN: 9780132756587)

2. Gerald Jonker Jan Harmsen, Engineering for Sustainability 1st Edition, A Practical Guide

for Sustainable Design, Elsvier 2012. (ISBN: 9780444538475).

MOOC

1. https://www.coursera.org/learn/sustainability

2. https://www.academiccourses.com/Certificate/Sustainability-Studies/India/

3. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_ce08/preview

4. https://www.coursera.org/learn/ecosystem-services

Page 50: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

49

COURSE TITLE INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL SYSTEMS CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE MHB4102 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 2-0-2-1

CIA 60% ESE 40%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1 Simplify mathematical expressions using Boolean functions 1,2,3

2 Design combinational circuits 1,2,3,5,6

3 Design sequential circuits 1,2,3,5,6

4 Design asynchronous circuits for simple problems 1,2,3,5,6

5 Appreciate the use of electronic devices in mechatronic systems. 1,2,3,5,6,7,12

Prerequisites : Physics and Mathematics

MODULE 1 – INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL SYSTEMS (L-6,P-6)

Introduction to Digital systems – Number systems - Binary, Hexadecimal - Boolean theorems – Basic

Logic Gates, Minimization – Minterm, Maxterm, Karnaugh Map, K map up to 4 variables., Simplification

of logic functions with K-map, tabular minimization procedures

Suggested Reading: Basics of number systems.

Applications: All digital systems in consumer and industrial electronics.

Lab: - (To be done in Simulation environment)

1. Analysis and Synthesis of Boolean Expressions using Basic Logic Gates

2. Characterization of Digital Logic Families

MODULE 2 – COMBINATIONAL CIRCUITS: (L-6,P-6)

Design of Half and Full Adders, Half and Full Subtractors, Binary Parallel Adder – Carry look ahead

Adder, BCD Adder, Multiplexer, De-multiplexer, Magnitude Comparator, Decoder, Encoder.

Suggested Reading: Priority Encoder.

Lab: - (To be done in Simulation environment)

1. Analysis and Synthesis of Boolean Relations using Digital Comparators

2. Analysis and Synthesis of Arithmetic Expressions using Adders / Subtractors

3. Analysis of Functions of BCD-TO-7-segment Decoder / Driver and Operation of 7-segment LED

Display

MODULE – 3 : SEQUENTIAL CIRCUITS (L-6,P-6)

Flip flops – SR, JK, T, D, Master/Slave FF – operation and excitation tables, Triggering of FF, Analysis and

design of clocked sequential circuits – Design – Moore/Mealy models, state minimization, state

assignment, circuit implementation – Design of Counters- Ripple Counters, Ring Counters, Shift

registers.

Suggested Reading: Universal Shift Register.

Lab: - (To be done in Simulation environment)

1. Analysis and Synthesis of Sequential Circuits using Basic Flip-Flops

2. Analysis and Synthesis of Multi-bit Sequential Circuits using Shift Registers

Page 51: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

50

MODULE – 4 : ASYNCHRONOUS SEQUENTIAL CIRCUITS & ALGORITHMIC STATE MACHINES (L-6,P-6)

Stable unstable states, output specifications, cycles and races, Race free assignments, reduction

of state and flow tables, hazards, pulse mode sequential circuits.

Suggested Reading: ASM chart

Lab: - (To be done in Simulation environment)

1. Analysis and Synthesis of Logic Functions using Multiplexers

2. Analysis and Synthesis of Logic Functions using Decoders

MODULE 5 – BASIC ELECTRONIC DEVICES (L-6 , P-6)

Voltage – Current – Ohms Law – introduction to electronic devices – PN Junction Diode, V-I

characteristics, Transistors, BJT, JFET, MOSFET, SCR, Thyristors - Rectifiers.

Suggested Reading: Inverters, Converters and Voltage regulators

Lab: -

1. V-I characteristics of PN junction diode.

TEXT BOOKS

1 Digital Fundamentals, Thomas l. Floyd, 11th edition, Pearson 2014.

2 David A. Bell,” Electronic devices and circuits”, Oxford University higher education, 5th EDITION

2008

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Digital Logic and Computer Design, M. Morris Mano, Prentice-Hall, 2016

2. W.H.Gothmann, “Digital Electronics-Introduction Theory and Practice”, PHI, 1992.

3. S. Salivahanan and S. Arivazhagan, Digital Circuits and Design, 3rd Edition., Vikas Publishing

House Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2006

E BOOKS

1 http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106108099/Digital%20Systems.pdf

2 https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_ee33/preview

Page 52: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

51

COURSE TITLE ENGINEERING AND DESIGN CREDIT 3

COURSE CODE MHB4101 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 3- 0-0-1

CIA 60% ESE 40%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1 Students will be able to appreciate the different elements involved in good

designs and to apply them in practice when called for.

1,4,5,12

2 Students will be aware of the product oriented and user oriented aspects that

make the design a success.

1,4,5,12

3 Students will be aware of the product oriented and user oriented aspects that

make the design a success

1,4,5,12

4 Students will have a broader perspective of design covering function, cost,

environmental sensitivity, safety and other factors other than engineering

analysis.

1,4,5,12

5 Students learn economic and environmental Issues, trade aspects and IPR 1,4,5,12

Prerequisites : Nil

MODULE 1-INTRODUCTION TO MECHATRONICS SYSTEM DESIGN (7+2 PERIODS)

Design and its objectives; Design constraints, Design functions, Design means and Design from; Role of

Science, Engineering and Technology in design; Engineering as a business proposition; Functional and

Strength Designs. Design form, function and strength; How to initiate creative designs Initiating the

thinking process for designing a product of daily use. Need identification; Problem Statement; Market

survey-customer requirements; Design attributes and objectives; Ideation; Brain storming approaches;

arriving at solutions; Closing on to the Design needs.

Project: An Exercise in the process of design initiation. A simple problem is to be taken up to examine

different solutions- Washing Machine Group Presentation and discussion

MODULE 2-PROCESSES IN DESIGN FOR MECHATRONICS SYSTEMS (7+2 PERIODS)

Design process- Different stages in design and their significance; Defining the design space; Analbgies and "thinking outside of the box"; Quality function deployment-meeting what the customer wants; Evaluation and choosing of a design. Design Communication; Realization of the concept into a configuration, drawing and model. Concept of "Complex is Simple". Design for function and strength. Design detailing- Material selection, Design visualization- Solid modelling; Detailed 2D drawings; Tolerance; Use of standard items in design; Research needs in design; Energy needs of the design, both in its realization and in the applications. Project: An exercise in the detailed design of any two mechatronic products

MODULE 3 – PROTOTYPE FOR MECHATRONICS SYSTEMS (4+5 PERIODS)

Prototyping- rapid prototyping; testing and evaluation of design; Design modifications; Freezing the design; Cost analysis. Engineering the design - From prototype to product. Planning; Scheduling; Supply chains; inventory; handling; manufacturing/construction operations; storage; packaging; shipping; marketing; feed-back on design

Page 53: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

52

Project: List out the standard organizations. Prepare a list of standard items used in mechatronics

engineering specialization. Develop any design with over 50% standard items as parts

MODULE 4- QUALITY ASPECTS IN MECHATRONIC SYSTEMS (4+5 PERIODS)

Design for "X"; covering quality, reliability, safety, manufacturing/construction, assembly,

maintenance, logistics, handling; disassembly; recycling; re-engineering etc.

Project: Example: List out the design requirements(x) for designing a robotic system. Design mobile

robot that could have a rotation of 360 degree

MODULE 5 – USER CENTRED DESIGNS (4+5 PERIODS)

Product centered and user centered design. Product centered attributes and user centered attributes.

Bringing the two closer. Example: gantry robot or pick and place robot. Aesthetics and ergonomics.

Value engineering, Concurrent engineering, Reverse engineering in design; Culture based design;

Architectural designs; Motifs and cultural background; Tradition and design; Study the evolution of

bread toaster/microwave oven; 3D Printers; Human machine interaction - sensors and actuators.

Design as a marketing tool; Intellectual Property rights - Trade secret; patent; copy-right; trademarks;

product liability. Group presentation of any such products covering all aspects that could make

Project: Examine the possibility of value addition for an existing mechatronics product.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Balmer, R. T., Keat, W. D., Wise, G., and Kosky, P., Exploring Engineering, Third Edition: An Introduction to Engineering and Design - [Part 3 - Chapters 17 to 27], ISBN13: 978-0124158917 ISBN-10: 0124158919

2 Dym, C. L., Little, P. and Orwin, E. J., Engineering Design - A Project based introduction - Wiley, ISBN-978-1-118-32458-5

3 Eastman, C. M. (Ed.), Design for X Concurrent engineering imperatives, 1996, XI, 489 p. ISBN 978-94-011-3985-4 Springer

4 Haik, Y. And Shahin, M. T., Engineering Design Process, Cengage Learning, ISBN-13: 978-0-495-66816-9

5 Pahl, G., Beitz, W., Feldhusen, J. and Grote, K. H., Engineering Design: A Systematic Approach, 3rd ed. 2007, XXI, 617p., ISBN 978-1-84628-319-2

6 Voland, G., Engineering by Design, ISBN 978-93-325-3505-3, Pearson India

Page 54: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

53

COURSE TITLE ENGINEERING IMMERSION LAB CREDIT 0.5

COURSE CODE GEA4131 COURSE CATEGORY BS L-T-P-S 0-0-2-2

CIA 80% ESE 20%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1

Upon successful completion of this course the student should be able to Identify and use of tools, Types of joints used in welding, carpentry and plumbing operations.

1,3,4,9,12

2 Have hands on experience on basic fabrication techniques such as carpentry and plumbing practices.

1,3,4,9,12

3 Have hands on experience on basic fabrication techniques of different types of welding and basic machining practices.

1,3,4,9,12

SLOT X - LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

I. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING WORKSHOP 1. Welding: Arc welding: Butt joints 2. Lap joints. 3. Machining: Facing 4. Turning

II. AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING 1. Dismantling and Studying of two stroke gasoline engine. 2. Assembling of two stroke gasoline engine. 3. Dismantling and Studying of four stroke gasoline engine 4. Assembling of four stroke gasoline engine.

III. AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING 1. Study of Flow Pattern around Various Objects. 2. Force measurement on Aircraft Model 3. Determination of Young's Modulus for Aluminum Cantilever Beam 4. Binary Addition & Subtraction using Microprocessor

IV. CIVIL ENGINEERING 1. Plumbing- Basic Pipe Connection using valves, couplings and elbows. 2. Carpentry – Sowing, Planning and making common Joints. 3. Bar Bending 4. Construction of a 50 cm height brick wall without mortar using English Bond.

SLOT Y - LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

V.ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 1. Study of tools and accessories. 2. Study of cables. 3. Staircase wiring, Tube light and Fan connection. 4. Measurement of energy using single phase energy meter.

VI. ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING 1. Study of Active and Passive Components. 2. Study of Logic Circuits. 3. Making simple circuit using Electronic Components. 4. Measuring of parameters for signal using CRO.

Page 55: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

54

VII. COMPUTER SCIENCE 1. Troubleshooting different parts of the computer peripherals, Monitor, Keyboard & CPU. 2. Installation of various operating systems, their capabilities, Windows, Unix, Linux. 3. Installation of commonly used software like MS Office 4. Assembling digital computer.

VIII. MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1. Study of Key Elements of Mechatronics Systems 2. Sensors – Load Cell, Thermocouple 3. Actuators – Linear & Rotary Actuators 4. Interfacing & Measurements – Virtual Instrumentation

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Jeyapoovan T and Saravanapandian M., Engineering practices lab manual, 4th Edition, Vikas publishing House, New Delhi, 2015.

2 Hajra Choudhury S.K., Hajra Choudhury A.K. and Nirjhar Roy S.K., “Elements of Workshop Technology”, Vol. I 2008 and Vol. II 2010, Media promoters and publishers private limited, Mumbai.

3 Ibrahim Zeid, CAD/CAM Theory and Practice, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2011

4 Robert Quesada, Jeyapoovan T., Computer Numerical Control Machining and Turning Centers, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2006

METHOD OF ALLOCATION FOR ENGINEERING IMMERSION LAB

SLOT X : MECH, AERO, AUTO, CIVIL EXPERIMENTS SLOT Y : EEE, ELECTRONICS, CSE, MECHATRONICS EXPERIMENTS

EVERY CLASS OF

GROUP A (AERO, AUTO, MECH, MCT, CHEM, BIO, CIVIL

GROUP B (CSE, IT, ECE, EEE, AEROSPACE) GETS DIVIDED INTO 4 SUB - GROUPS NAMELY a, b, c, d -- EACH CONSISTING OF 15 TO 20 STUDENTS MAX.

FOR EXAMPLE: GROUP A STUDENTS WILL OCCUPY SLOT X

WEEK 1 : SLOT X --- a – MECH; b – AUTO; c – AERO ; d – CIVIL

WEEK 2 : SLOT X --- b – MECH; c – AUTO; d – AERO ; a – CIVIL

THE ABOVE SCHEDULE WILL BE ON ROTATION EVERY MONTH (ONE CYLCE PER MONTH) GROUP B STUDENTS WILL OCCUPY SLOT Y

WEEK 1 : SLOT Y --- a – EEE; b – ECE; c – CSE ; d – MCT

WEEK 2 : SLOT Y --- b – EEE; c – ECE; d – CSE ; a – MCT

THE ABOVE SCHEDULE WILL BE ON ROTATION EVERY MONTH (ONE CYLCE PER MONTH)

Page 56: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

55

COURSE TITLE ENGINEERING PHYSICS LABORATORY

(Common to all engineering branches) CREDIT 1

COURSE CODE PHA4131 COURSE CATEGORY BS L-T-P-S 0-0-2-0

CIA 80% ESE 20%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. Ability to analyze material’s elastic properties 1,2,3,12

2. Ability to determine thermal conductivity of bad conductor 1,2,3,12

3. Ability to measure coefficient of viscosity of liquids 1,2,3,12

4. Ability to determine wavelength of laser 1,2,3,12

5. Ability to describe V-I characteristics of diode 1,2,3,12

Prerequisites: Knowledge in basic physics practical at higher secondary level.

List of Experiments (Any Five Experiments)

1. Torsional Pendulum – Determination of rigidity modulus of the material of a wire.

2. Non Uniform Bending – Determination of Young’s Modulus.

3. Uniform Bending – Determination of Young’s Modulus.

4. Viscosity – Determination of co-efficient of viscosity of a liquid by Poiseuille’s flow.

5. Lee’s Disc – Determination of thermal conductivity of a bad conductor.

6. Air – Wedge – Determination of thickness of a thin wire

7. Spectrometer – refractive index of a prism

8. Semiconductor laser – Determination of wavelength of laser using grating

9. Semiconductor diode – VI characteristics

TEXT BOOK

1. P. Mani, engineering Physics Practicals, Dhanam Publications, Chennai, 2005

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Glenn V.Lo, Jesus Urrechaga - Aituna, Introductory Physics Laboratory Manual, Part-I, Fall 2005

Edition.

2. P. Kulkarni, Experiments in Engineering Physics Bachelor of Engineering and Technology,

Edition 2015

E BOOK

1 http://www.aurora.ac.in/images/pdf/departments/humanities-and-sciences/engg-phy-lab-

manual.pdf

Page 57: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

56

COURSE TITLE MATERIALS CHEMISTRY LABORATORY

(Common to ALL branches of Engineering) CREDITS 1

COURSE CODE CYA4131 COURSE CATEGORY BS L-T-P-S 0-0-2-0

CIA 80% ESE 20%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. Students learn to characterize basic properties of refractory ceramics 1,2,3,12

2. On completion of this course, students learn to prepare resins and composites. 1,2,3,12

3. Students learn to estimate metal ions present in samples using instrumental

techniques.

1,2,3,12

4. On completion of the course the students learn to develop adsorption isotherm. 1,2,3,12

5. Students learn to find properties of lubricants and other oil samples. 1,2,3,12

Prerequisites: Knowledge in basic chemistry practical at higher secondary level.

LAB / MINI PROJECT/FIELD WORK

1. Construction of Phenol-Water Phase diagram. 2. Determination of viscosity of polymer using Ostwald Viscometer. 3. Preparation of urea-formaldehyde resin. 4. Determination of porosity of a refractory. 5. Determination of Apparent Density of porous solids. 6. Determination of Viscosity Index of lubricants. 7. Estimation of dye content in the effluent by UV-Visible spectrophotometry. 8. Determination of viscosity of oil using Red-Wood Viscometer. 9. Determination of Copper / iron content in the alloy by colorimetry. 10. Estimation of sodium and potassium ions by Flame Photometry. 11. Verification of Beer-Lambert’s law using gold nanoparticles. 12. Determination of adsorption isotherm for acetic acid on activated charcoal.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. J. Mendham, R.C. Denney, J.D. Barnes and N.J.K. Thomas, Vogel’s Textbook of Quantitative Chemical Analysis, 6th Edition, Pearson Education, 2009

2. D.P. Shoemaker and C.W. Garland, Experiments in Physical Chemistry, 8th edition, McGraw Hill, London, 2008

3. S. Sumathi, Laboratory work book for Engineering Chemistry Practical, 2015

4. Laboratory Manual of Testing Materials, William Kendrick Hatt and Herbert Henry Scofield, Andesite Press, 2017

E BOOKS

1. http://www.erforum.net/2016/01/engineering-chemistry-by-jain-and-jain-pdf-free-

ebook.html

MOOC

1 https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/chemistry/5-111-principles-of-chemical-science-fall-

2008/video-lectures/lecture-32/

2 https://www.coursetalk.com/providers/coursera/courses/introduction-to-chemistry-1

Page 58: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

57

SEMESTER – II

COURSE TITLE ANALYTICAL MATHEMATICS

(Except Aeronautical and Aerospace Engineering) CREDIT 4

COURSE CODE MAA4117 COURSE CATEGORY BS L-T-P-S 3-0-2-0

CIA 60% ESE 40%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-4

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1 Competent to evaluate surface and volume integrals. 1,2,4,12

2 Able to perform vector operations and interpret the results geometrically. 1,2,4,12

3 Skilled to solve the system of ordinary differential equations using Laplace Transform 1,2,4,12

4 Proficient to know that any periodic function satisfying Dirichlet’s conditions can be expressed as a Fourier series

1,2,4,12

5 Able to understand complex variable theory, applications of analytic function and harmonic conjugate.

1,2,4,12

Prerequisites : Nil

MODULE 1 : MULTIPLE INTEGRALS (10L+2P)

Double integration – Cartesian and polar co-ordinates – Change of order of integration. Area as a

double integral – Triple integration in Cartesian coordinates – Volume as a triple integral – Change of

variables between Cartesian and polar coordinates.

Suggested Reading: Line Integrals

Lab: Area and Volume of double integration and triple integration.

MODULE 2 : VECTOR CALCULUS (10L+2P)

Gradient, Divergence and Curl – Unit normal vector, Directional derivative – angle between surfaces –

Solenoidal and Irrotational vector fields. Green’s theorem - Gauss divergence theorem and Stoke’s

theorem (without proof) – Verification and evaluation of the above theorems - Simple applications to

regions such as square, rectangle, triangle, cuboids and rectangular parallelopipeds.

Suggested Reading: Basics of Vectors

Lab: Area using Green’s theorem and Volume using Gauss divergence theorem

MODULE 3 : LAPLACE TRANSFORMS (10L+2P)

Laplace transform – Conditions of existence – Transform of elementary functions – properties – Transforms of derivatives– Initial and final value theorems – Transform of periodic functions. Inverse Laplace transforms using partial fraction and convolution theorem. Solution of linear ODE of second order with constant coefficients. Suggested Reading: Basics of Transform

Lab: Finding Laplace and Inverse Laplace Transform of Elementary Functions, Solutions of Ordinary

differential equations using Laplace transform

MODULE 4 : FOURIER SERIES (10L+2P)

Dirichlet’s Conditions – General Fourier Series – Odd and even functions – Half range sine and cosine

series –Harmonic Analysis.

Suggested Reading: Basics of series

Lab: Fourier series Expansion of simple functions, Harmonic Analysis

Page 59: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

58

MODULE 5 : COMPLEX VARIABLES (10L+2P)

Functions of a complex variable – Analytic function – Cauchy - Riemann equations (Statement only) –

Properties of analytic function (Statement only) – Construction of Analytic functions by Milne –

Thomson method.

Suggested Reading: Complex Numbers

Lab: Complex Numbers

LAB/MINI PROJECT/FIELD WORK

Theory with practical classes

TEXT BOOKS

1. Kreyszig Erwin, "Advanced Engineering Mathematics ", John Wiley and Sons, 10th Edition, New

Delhi, 2016.

2 A.P.Santhakumaran, P.Titus, Engineering Mathematics - II, NiMeric Publications, Nagercoil, 2012

3 Chandrasekaran A, Engineering Mathematics- II, Dhanam Publication, 2014

4 Raj Kumar Bansal,Ashok Kumar Goel, Manoj Kumar Sharma, “MATLAB and its Applications in

Engineering”, Pearson Publication, Second Edition, 2016.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Sastry, S.S, ―Engineering Mathemacs", Vol. I & II, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd, 4th Edition, New Delhi,

2014

2. Wylie, R.C. and Barre, L.C., ―Advanced Engineering Mathemacs ―Tata McGraw Hill

Education Pvt. Ltd, 6th Edition, New Delhi, 2012.

3. Dean G. Duffy., “Advanced Engineering Mathematics with MATLAB”, CRC Press, Third Edition

2013.

E-BOOKS

1 https://www.khanacademy.org/.../double-integrals.../double-integral.

2 http.// nptel.ac.in/courses/122104017/28

3 nptel.ac.in/courses/115101005/downloads/lectures-doc/Lecture-1.pdf

4 nptel.ac.in/syllabus/122104017/

5 nptel.ac.in/courses/111105035/22

6 nptel.ac.in/syllabus/111103070/

MOOC

1 https://www.edx.org/course/introduction-engineering-mathematics-utarlingtonx-engr3-0x

Page 60: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

59

COURSE TITLE ENGINEERING PHYSICS

(AERO, MECH, AUTO, CHEMICAL, BIOTECH, CIVIL) CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE PHA4101 COURSE CATEGORY BS L-T-P-S 3-0-0-1

CIA 50% ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. Solve basic problems in mechanics and also understand the properties of matter.

1,3,4,10

2. Have a knowledge of acoustics and ultrasonics which would facilitate in acoustical design of buildings and also be able to employ ultrasonics as an engineering tool.

1,3,4,10

3. Knowledge on fundamental concepts of Quantum physics 1,3,4,10,12

4. Fundamental knowledge on semiconductors and discrete devices. 1,3,4,10,12

5. Understand the concept, working and application of lasers and fiber optics. 1,3,4,10,12

Prerequisites: Knowledge in fundamentals of physics at higher secondary level.

MODULE 1 – PROPERTIES OF MATTER AND HEAT (9L)

Elasticity - types of moduli of elasticity - Young’s modulus - Rigidity modulus - Bulk modulus - Factors affecting elasticity - twisting couple on a wire - Torsional pendulum - determination of rigidity modulus of a wire - depression of a cantilever - Young’s modulus by cantilever - uniform and non-uniform bending. Thermal conductivity – experimental determination of thermal conductivities of good and bad conductors – Forbe’s method – theory and experiment – Lee’s disc method for bad conductors

MODULE 2 – ACOUSTICS AND ULTRASONICS (9L)

Classification of sound - characteristics of musical sound – intensity - loudness - Weber Fechner law - Decibel - Reverberation - Reverberation time, derivation of Sabine’s formula for reverberation time(Jaeger’s method) - absorption coefficient and its determination - factors affecting acoustics of building (Optimum reverberation time, loudness, focusing, echo, echelon effect, resonance and noise) and their remedies - Ultrasonics- production – Magnetostriction and Piezoelectric methods – properties – applications.

MODULE 3 – QUANTUM PHYSICS (9L)

Black body radiation- Planck’s theory (derivation) – Deduction of Wien's displacement law and Rayleigh – Jean’s law from Planck's theory – Compton effect – Theory and experimental verification – Schrödinger's wave equation – Time independent and time dependent equations – Physical significance of wave function – Particle in a one dimensional box Extension to 3 dimension (no derivation)

MODULE 4 –CRYSTAL PHYSICS AND MAGNETISM (9L)

Crystal - Lattice - Unit cell - Bravais lattice - Lattice planes - Miller indices - ‘d’ spacing in cubic lattice - Calculation of number of atoms per unit cell - Atomic radius - coordination number - Packing factor for SC, BCC, FCC and HCP structures. Magnetic dipole moment - atomic magnetic moments- magnetic permeability and susceptibility - Types of magnetism: diamagnetism - paramagnetism - ferromagnetism - antiferromagnetism – ferrimagnetism - domain structure – hysteresis - hard and soft magnetic materials – applications.

Page 61: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

60

MODULE 5 – PHOTONICS AND FIBRE OPTICS (9L)

Principle of lasers - Stimulated absorption - Spontaneous emission, stimulated emission - population inversion - pumping action - active medium - laser characteristics – Nd-Yag laser -CO2 laser - Semiconductor laser - applications - optical fiber - principle and propagation of light in optical fibers - Numerical aperture and acceptance angle - types of optical fibers - single and multimode, step index and graded index fibers - fiber optic communication system.

LAB / MINI PROJECT / FIELD WORK

NA

TEXT BOOKS

1. P.Mani, “ Engineering Physics”, Vol-I & II, Dhanam Publications, Chennai. (2011)

2. Gaur R.K. and Gupta S.L., “Engineering Physics”, 8th edition, Dhanpat Rai publications (P) Ltd., New Delhi. (2010)

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Arthur Beiser, "Concepts of Modern Physics", Tata Mc Graw – Hill Publications. (2007)

2. Rajendran V. Marikani A., “Applied Physics for engineers”, 3rd edition, Tata Mc Graw –Hill publishing company Ltd., New Delhi. (2003)

E BOOKS

1 https://www.bookyards.com/en/book/details/13921/Elements-Of-Properties-Of-Matter

2 http://iopscience.iop.org/book/978-1-6817-4585-5

3 https://www.springer.com/in/book/9783319206295

MOOC

1 http://nptel.ac.in/courses/115106061/

2 http://nptel.ac.in/courses/117101054/12

Page 62: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

61

COURSE TITLE ENGINEERING MATERIALS

(Common to ALL Branches of Engineering) CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE CYA4101 COURSE CATEGORY BS L-T-P-S 3-0-0-1

CIA 50% ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. Student will be able to - Suggest suitable metals for alloying. 1,3,4,6,7,8,9,10,11

2. Identify the materials apt for engineering applications. 1,3,4,6,7,8,9,10,11

3 Select high temperature materials for engineering applications. 1,3,4,6,7,8,9,10,11

4. Map the properties of nanomaterials with their applications. 1,3,4,6,7,8,9,10,11

5. Suggest suitable materials for electronic applications. 1,3,4,6,7,8,9,10,11

Prerequisites: Knowledge in fundamentals of chemistry at higher secondary level.

MODULE 1 – CRYSTAL STRUCTURE AND PHASE RULE (9L)

Basic Crystal Systems – Types, characteristics, examples – Space lattice, Unit cell – types – X-ray

diffraction and crystal structure.

Basic terminology - Derivation of Gibbs Phase rule- Phase diagrams: One component system (water),

Two component system –- Reduced phase rule: Simple Eutectic system, examples, Phase diagram: Ag-

Pb system, Pb-Sn system – Applications of phase rule.

MODULE 2 – POWDER METALLURGY, INORGANIC MATERIALS AND COMPOSITES. (9L)

Steel – Composition, types, heat-treatment, Abrasives – Classification, Properties, Uses - Refractories

– Classification, Properties, Applications. Glasses – Properties, Types, Specialty glasses.

Composites - Introduction - Definition – Constituents – Classification - Fiber-reinforced Composites –

Types and Applications.

Powder Metallurgy – Preparation of metal/alloy– Advantages and limitations.

MODULE 3 – NANOMATERIALS AND MOLECULAR SIEVES (9L)

Introduction – Synthesis of Nanomaterials - Bottom-up and Top-down approaches – Methods of

preparation – Sol-gel process, Gas-phase condensation, Chemical Vapour Deposition. Properties –

Optical, Electrical, Magnetic, Chemical properties (introduction only). Characterization – FE-SEM, TEM

(Principle and Applications only).

Zeolite Molecular sieves – composition, structure, classification - applications – ion exchange,

adsorption, separation, laundry, catalysis.

MODULE 4 – MATERIALS FOR ELECTRONIC APPLICATONS (9L)

Liquid Crystals- Introduction – Characteristics – Classification- Thermotropic crystals- - Polymorphism

in Thermotropic Liquid Crystals – Molecular arrangement in various states of Liquid Crystals, Lyotropic

Liquid Crystals- Applications.

Conducting and Super conducting Organic electronic materials - Applications.

Engineering plastics: Polycarbonate – Properties and uses- Conducting Polymers: Classification,

Intrinsic Conducting Polymers, Extrinsic Conducting Polymers, Applications - Biodegradable Polymers,

examples and applications.

Page 63: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

62

MODULE 5 – LUBRICANTS, ADHESIVES AND EXPLOSIVES (9L)

Lubricants – Mechanism of Lubrication, Classification and Properties, Semi Solid Lubricants, Solid

Lubricants, MoS2 and Graphite - Adhesives – Development of Adhesive strength, Physical and

Chemical factors influencing adhesive action, Classification of Adhesives – Epoxy Resin (Preparation,

Properties and Applications). Explosives – Requisites, Classification, Precautions during storage –

Rocket propellants – Requisites - Classification.

LAB / MINI PROJECT/FIELD WORK

NA

TEXT BOOKS

1 P.C. Jain and Monicka Jain, Engineering Chemistry, Dhanpat Raj Publishing Company (P) Ltd,

New Delhi – 2012

2 Puri, Sharma and Pathania, Principles of Physical Chemistry, Vishal Publishing Co. Jalandar,

2004.

3 Composite materials, K.K. Chawala, 3rd ed., (2012) Springer-Verlag, New York

4 Nanocomposite Science and Technology, P. M. Ajayan, L. S. Schadler, P. V. Braun, (2003),

Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

5 Mechanics and Analysis of Composite Materials, V.V. Vasiliev and E.V. Morozov, (2001),

Elsevier Science Ltd, The Boulevard, Langford Lane, Kidlington, Oxford OX5 lGB, UK.

E BOOKS

1 http://www.erforum.net/2016/01/engineering-chemistry-by-jain-and-jain-pdf-free-

ebook.html

2 https://abmpk.files.wordpress.com/2014/02/book_maretial-science-callister.pdf `

MOOC

1 https://www.edx.org/course/materials-science-engineering-misisx-mse1x

2 https://www.mooc-list.com/tags/materials-science

Page 64: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

63

COURSE TITLE PROFESSIONAL ENGLISH AND SOFT SKILLS CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE ELA4101 COURSE CATEGORY BS L-T-P-S 1-1-2-1

CIA 60% ESE 40%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL – 6

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1 Understanding the importance of professional communication and applying

the knowledge. 9,10,12

2

Integrate the knowledge of phonetics, enhancing the listening skills in formal

and real-life situations; enhance pronunciation skills based on the knowledge

of phonetics.

9,10,12

3

Construct appropriate sentences in English Language, applying grammatical

rules and mastery in syntax. Develop reading skills and derive the contextual

meaning, case studies and analyzing problems

9,10,12

4 Integrate creativity in the writing skills both in formal and informal situations,

related to environment, society and multidisciplinary environments

9,10,12

5 Imbibing soft skills to excel in interpersonal skills essential for workplace 9,10,12

Prerequisites : Plus Two English-Intermediate Level

MODULE 1 – THE ELEMENTS OF COMMUNICATION (9)

Importance of communication through English -Process of communication and factors that influence

speaking- Importance of audience and purpose- Principles of Communication-comparing general

communication and business Communication-Professional Communication-barriers to

communication –strategies to overcome communication barriers-formal and informal

communication

Suggested Activities:

Self-introduction-short Conversations-Situational communication-dialogue writing -Language

Functions-analyse the speech and comment-distinguish formal and informal style of communication-

using bias-free language- news reports.

Suggested Reading:

Rogerson, Trish Stott & Derek Utley.2011

Elements of Effective Communication: 4th Edition, Plain and Precious Publishing, USA, by Randal S.

Chase (Author), Wayne Shamo (Author)

Effective Communication Skills, MTD Training & Ventus Publishing (e book)

MODULE 2 – AURAL –ORAL COMMUNICATION IN ENGLISH (9)

Vowels- diphthongs- consonants - International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) ; phonemic transcription

(simple words)-syllable division and word stress –enunciation-GIE script(General Indian English)-

neutral accent- sentence rhythm and weak forms - contrastive stress in sentences to highlight

different words - intonation varieties of Spoken English : Standard Indian, American and British-

Speaking to Communicate-speech acts - Language Patterns

Page 65: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

64

(Note: This unit should be taught in a simple, non-technical manner, avoiding technical terms as

far as possible).

Suggested activities: (Audio CD) Listen and repeat, listen to the sentences and fill in the blanks,

Listening to passages and answering questions, marking the stressed syllable, phonemic script of

simple words, sentence rhythm and intonation (rising tone and falling tone), short speeches.

Individual presentations-dynamics of a group discussion

Suggested sources:

Cambridge IELTS , Professional Speaking Skills by Aruna Koneru, Oxford Press, Face to face series

Cambridge University Press, Speaking Effectively, Cambridge University Press, Jeremy Comfort,

Pamela

MODULE 3 - GRAMMAR AND DEVELOPMENT OF READING SKILLS (9)

Noun Phrase, Verb Phrase, Tense and Aspect, Articles, Pronouns and determiners, Sentence Pattern,

interrogative and negative sentences-subject verb agreement -Vocabulary-word formation: prefixes

and suffixes, reading passages-inductive vs deductive reading-newspaper articles- comprehension

passages –cloze reading-annotating-editing

Suggested Activities:

Identify the errors in sentences, grammar exercises, book reviews, mini project on suggested reading

activity - reading technical passages based on students area of specialization answering questions-

reading passage for identifying the contextual meaning

Suggested sources:

Skills for the TOEFL IBT Test, Collins IELTS, Cambridge books Practical English Usage by Michael Swan

, Cambridge University Press

MODULE 4 - EFFECTIVE WRITING AND BUSINESS COMMUNICATION (9)

Paragraph writing- topic sentence-connectives - process writing-Memoranda-Business letters-

Resumes /Visumes and job applications-drafting a report-agenda and minutes of the meeting-ATR-

project proposals-email etiquette- interpreting visual data(bar chart, pie chart, line graphs)

Suggested activities: Writing short paragraph based on environment protection, societal issues,

health, cultural contexts etc., identifying topic sentences, linking pairs of sentences, cause and effect

exercises, formal letters, e mails, drafting project proposals, drafting agenda, minutes of the meeting

Suggested sources:

Cambridge Advanced English, Newspapers, library books, IELTS,IELTS Academic Writing 1,New

Insights into IELTS, CUP

MODULE 5 – SOFT SKILLS (9)

Introducing Soft Skills &Life Skills- Myers Briggs Type Indicator – the Big Five Model Personality -

Employability Skills- Workplace Etiquette- Professional Ethics -Time Management-Stress

Management- Lateral Thinking (De Bono’s Six Thinking Hats) and Problem Solving Skills

Suggested Activities:

Mock interviews, GD’s, short oral presentation, lateral thinking puzzles, Case analysis and self-study

assignments, Worksheet activities.

Suggested Sources:

Page 66: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

65

Soft Skills and Employability Skills by Sabina Pillai and Agna Fernandez, Cambridge University Press,

2018.

Soft Skills for Everyone by Jeff Butterfield, Cengage Learning Education and personality development,

K. Manoharan English for Life and the Workplace through the LSRW&T skills

Lateral Thinking skills by Edward De Bono

TEXT BOOKS

2. An Introduction to Profession English and Soft Skills with audio CD by Dr. Bikram K. Das et al. Published by Cambridge University Press. 2009

REFERENCE BOOKS

12. Soft Skills & Employability Skills by Sabina Pillai and Agna Fernandez published by Cambridge University Press 2018.

13. Embark, English for Undergraduates by Steve Hart et al, Cambridge University Press,2016, Edition

14. Skills for the TOEFL IBT Test, Collins, 2012 edition

15. Soft Skills for Everyone by Jeff Butterfield, Cengage Learning, 2010 edition

16. English for Life and the Workplace Through LSRW&T skills, by Dolly John, Pearson Publications, 2014 edition

17. Professional Speaking Skills by Aruna Koneru, Oxford Publications.

18. The official Cambridge guide to IELTS for Academic and General Training, Cambridge University Press, 2014 edition.

19. Cambridge BEC Vantage, Self-Study edition, Practice Tests, CUP, 2002

20. English for Business Studies, 3rd edition, Ian Mackenzie, Cambridge University Press

21. Education and Personality Development by Dr. P.K.Manoharan, APH Publishing Corporation, 2015

22. Speaking Effectively by Jeremy Comfort et al, Cambridge University Press, 2011.

E BOOKS

8. https://www.britishcouncil.in/english/courses-business

9. http://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/pronunciation

10. http://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/

11. http://www.antimoon.com/how/pronunc-soundsipa.htm

12. http://www.cambridgeenglish.org/learning-english/free-resources/write-and-improve/

13. Oneshopenglish.com

14. Breakingnews.com

MOOC

1 https://www.mooc-list.com/tags/english

2 https://www.mooc-list.com/course/adventures-writing-stanford-online

Page 67: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

66

COURSE TITLE ENGINEERING GRAPHICS AND COMPUTER

AIDED DESIGN CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE MEA4101 COURSE CATEGORY BS L-T-P-S 1- 1- 2- 1

CIA 60% ESE 40%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1 Understand drafting and computer aided drafting. Remember the

commands used in AutoCAD to generate simple drawings. 1,2,3,5

2 Explain details in a drawing and apply the knowledge to solve simple

problems involving straight lines, planes and solids 1,2,3,5

3 Understand and Visualize solid objects and apply AutoCAD software

commands to generate the graphic models 1,2,3,5

4 Apply the 3D model commands to generate and solid object 1,2,3,5

5 Apply the viewing AutoCAD commands to generate top view, front

view and additional or sectional views. 1,2,3,5

6 Student can able to develop any graphical model of geometrical and

simple mechanical objects in AutoCAD software. 1,2,3,5,6,7,12

Prerequisites : Nil

MODULE 1: BASICS OF ENGINEERING GRAPHICS AND PLANE CURVES (12)

Importance of graphics - BIS conventions and specifications - drawing sheet sizes - Lettering –

Dimensioning - Scales. Drafting methods - introduction to Computer Aided Drafting – Computer

Hardware – Workstation – Printer and Plotter – Introduction to software for Computer Aided Design

and Drafting – Exposure to Solid Modelling software – Geometrical Construction-Coordinate

Systems/Basic Entities – 3D printer.

Suggested Reading: Solid modeling Software commands

MODULE 2: VISUALIZATION, ORTHOGRAPHIC PROJECTIONS AND FREE HAND SKETCHING (15)

Visualization concepts and Free Hand sketching: Visualization principles —Representation of Three

Dimensional objects — Pictorial Projection methods - Layout of views- Free hand sketching of multiple

views from pictorial views of objects. Drafting of simple Geometric Objects/Editing. General principles

of presentation of technical drawings as per BIS - Introduction to Orthographic projections - Naming

views as per BIS - First angle projection method. Conversion to orthographic views from given pictorial

views of objects, including dimensioning – Drafting of Orthographic views from Pictorial views.

Suggested Reading: CAD software commands for sketching a drawing

MODULE 3: GEOMETRICAL MODELING ISOMETRIC VIEWS AND DEVELOPMENT OF SURFACES (15)

Principles of isometric projection and solid modelling. Isometric drawing – Iso Planes and 3D Modelling

commands. Projections of Principal Views from 3-D Models. Solid Modelling – Types of modelling -

Wire frame model, Surface Model and Solid Model – Introduction to graphic software for solid

modelling. Development of Surfaces.

Suggested Reading: Surface modeling and solid modeling commands

Page 68: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

67

MODULE 4: COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING (15)

Preparation of solid models of machine components like slide block, solid bearing block, bushed

bearing, gland, wall bracket, guide bracket, shaft bracket, jig plate, shaft support (open type), vertical

shaft support etc using appropriate modelling software.

2D views and sectional view, computer aided drafting and dimensioning. Generate 2D drawing from

the 3D models – generate and develop the lateral surfaces of the objects. Presentation Techniques

of Engineering Drawings – Title Blocks – Printing/Plotting the 2D/3D drawing using printer and

printing solid object using 3D printer.

Suggested Reading: CAD commands for modeling and views generation

MODULE 5: SIMPLE DESIGN PROJECTS - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING (15)

Creation of engineering models and their presentation in standard 2D form, 3D Wire-Frame and

shaded solids, meshed topologies for engineering analysis, tool-path generation for component

manufacture, geometric dimensioning and tolerancing. Use of solid-modelling software for creating

associative models at the components and assembly levels in their respective branch of engineering

like building floor plans that include: windows, doors, fixtures such as WC, Sink, shower, slide block,

etc. Applying colour coding according to drawing practice.

Suggested Reading: CAD commands for modeling and views generation

TEXT BOOKS

1 Jeyapoovan T, Engineering Drawing and Graphics Using AutoCAD, 7th Edition, Vikas Publishing

House Pvt Ltd., New Delhi, 2016

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Introduction to AutoCAD – 2D and 3D Design, A.Yarmwood, Newnes Elsevier, 2011

2 Engineering Drawing and Graphic Technology-International Edition, Thomas E. French, Charles

J. Vierck, Robert J. Foster, McGraw-Hill, 2014

3 Engineering Drawing and Design, Sixth Edition, C. Jensen, J.D. Helsel, D.R. Short, McGraw-Hill,

2012

4 Technical Drawing-Fourteenth Edition, F. E. Giesecke, A. Mitchell, H. C. Spencer, I.L. Hill, J.T.

Dygdon, J.E., Novak, Prentice-Hall, 2012,

5 Bhatt N.D and Panchal V.M, Engineering Drawing: Plane and Solid Geometry, Charotar

Publishing House, 2017.

6 Warren J. Luzadder and Jon. M. Duff, Fundamentals of Engineering Drawing, Prentice Hall of

India Pvt. Ltd., Eleventh Edition, 2016.

E BOOKS

1 http://keralatechnologicaluniversity.blogspot.in/2015/06/engineering-graphics-j-benjamin-pentex-free-ebook-pdf-download.html

2 http://keralatechnologicaluniversity.blogspot.in/2015/06/engineering-graphics-p-i-arghes.Html

MOOC

1 http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112103019/

2 http://nptel.ac.in/courses/105104148/

Page 69: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

68

COURSE TITLE SUSTAINABLE ENGINEERING SYSTEMS

(Common to ALL Branches of Engineering) CREDITS 2

COURSE CODE GEA4102 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 2-0-0-1

CIA 50% ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. Students learn the principles of sustainability with case studies. 2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12

2. Students will be able to understand assessing technologies and their impact on environment.

2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12

3 To learn the concept of Green Engineering and to apply in their projects at higher semesters.

2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12

4. Management of natural resources and waste management from various types of industries.

2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12

5. Students learn water technology and behavioral aspects of humans. 2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12

Prerequisites: Knowledge in fundamentals of chemistry at higher secondary level.

MODULE 1 – PRINCIPLES OF SUSTAINABLE SYSTEMS (5L)

Sustainability Definitions - Principles of Sustainable Design, Sustainable Engineering -Frameworks for

Applying Sustainability Principles - Summary & Activities.

MODULE 2 – TECHNOLOGY DEVELOPMENT AND LIFECYCLE ASSESSMENT (5L)

Technology as a part of anthropogenic environment - Technology readiness levels (TRL) – technical

metrics - Emerging, converging, disruptive technologies - Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) methodology -

Summary & Activities.

MODULE 3 – GREEN ENGINEERING (5L)

Principles of Green Engineering - Frameworks for assessment of alternatives - Green Engineering

examples - Multifunctional Materials and Their Impact on Sustainability - Summary & Activities.

MODULE 4 – RESOURCE MANAGEMENT TECHNOLOGIES (5L)

Waste management purpose and strategies - Recycling: open-loop versus closed-loop thinking -

Recycling efficiency - Management of food waste and composting technologies - E-waste

stream management - Reuse and redistribution programs - LCA approach to waste management

systems - Summary and Activities.

MODULE 5 – SUSTAINABLE WATER AND WASTEWATER SYSTEMS (5L)

Water cycle - Water conservation and protection technologies - Water treatment systems Metrics

for assessment of water management technologies-Summary & Activities.

MODULE 6 - BEHAVIORAL ASPECTS AND FEEDBACKS (5L)

Collaborative Decision Making - Role of Community and Social Networking - Human Factor in

Sustainability Paradigm - Summary & Activities.

Page 70: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

69

TEXT BOOKS

1. Vanek, F.M., and L.D. Albright, Energy Systems Engineering. Evaluation and Implementation, McGraw Hill, 2008.

2. C.U. Becker, Sustainability Ethics and Sustainability Research, Springer 2012.

3. J.B. Guinee et al., Life Cycle Assessment: Past, Present, and Future, Environ. Sci. Technol., 2011, 45, 90-96.

4. Anastas, P.T., Zimmerman, J.B., Innovations in Green Chemistry and Green Engineering, Springer 2013.

5. Solid Waste Technology & Management, Volume 1 & 2, Christensen, T., Ed., Wiley and Sons., 2010.

6. Sterman, J.D., in Sustainability Science: The Emerging Paradigm, Weinstein, M.P. and Turner, R.E. (Eds.), Springer Science+Business Media, LLC 2012.

E BOOKS

1. David T. Allen, David R. Shonnard, Sustainable Engineering Concepts, Design and Case

Studies, Pearson Education, December 2011. (ISBN: 9780132756587)

2. Gerald Jonker Jan Harmsen, Engineering for Sustainability 1st Edition, A Practical Guide

for Sustainable Design, Elsvier 2012. (ISBN: 9780444538475).

MOOC

1. https://www.coursera.org/learn/sustainability

2. https://www.academiccourses.com/Certificate/Sustainability-Studies/India/

3. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_ce08/preview

4. https://www.coursera.org/learn/ecosystem-services

Page 71: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

70

COURSE TITLE PROBLEM SOLVING USING C CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE CSA4101 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 2-0-2-0

CIA 60% ESE 40%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to

1 Describe the basics of digital computer and programming languages. 1,2,8,12

2 Demonstrate problem solving techniques using flowchart,

algorithm/pseudo code to solve the given problem.

1,2,3,5,12

3 Design and Implement C program using Control Statements and Functions. 1,2,3,5,9,10,12

4 Design and Implement C program using Pointers and File operations. 1,2,3,12

5 Identify the need for embedded C in real-time applications. 1,2,6,12

Prerequisites: Nil

MODULE 1 – PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES AND PROBLEM SOLVING TECHNIQUES (6L+6P)

Introduction – Fundamentals of digital computers - Programming languages -Programming

Paradigms – Types of Programming Languages – Language Translators – Problem Solving

Techniques: Algorithm – Flow Chart - Pseudo code.

Practical Component:

Drawing Flowcharts using E- Chart & Writing pseudo code for the following problems

(i) Greatest of three numbers

(ii) Sum of N numbers

(iii) Computation of nCr

MODULE 2: FUNDAMENTALS OF C (6L+6P)

Evolution of C -Why C language - Applications of C language - Data Types in C – Operators and

Expressions – Input and Output statements in C – Decision Statements – Loop Control Statements.

Practical Component:

(i) Program to illustrate arithmetic and logical operators

(ii) Program to read and print data of different types

(iii) Program to calculate area and volume of various geometrical shapes

(iv) Program to compute biggest of three numbers

(v) Program to print multiplication table

(vi) Program to convert days to years, months and days

(vii) Program to find sum of the digits of an integer.

MODULE 3: FUNCTIONS, ARRAYS AND STRINGS (6L+6P)

Functions – Storage Class – Arrays – Strings and standard functions - Pre-processor Statements.

Practical Component:

(i) Program to compute Factorial, Fibonacci series and sum of n numbers using recursion

(ii) Program to compute sum and average of N Numbers stored in an array

(iii) Program to sort the given n numbers stored in an array

(iv) Program to search for the given element in an array

Page 72: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

71

(v) Program to do word count

(vi) Program to insert a substring in a string

(vii) Program to concatenate and compare two strings

(viii) Program using pre-processor statements

MODULE 4: POINTERS, STRUCTURES AND UNION (6L+6P)

Pointers – Dynamic Memory allocation – Structure and Union – Files.

Practical Component:

(i) Program to compute sum of integers stored in a 1-D array using pointers and dynamic memory

allocation

(ii) Program to read and print records of a student/payroll database using structures

(iii) Program to simulate file copy

(iv) Program to illustrate sequential access file

(v) Program to illustrate random access file

MODULE 5: INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDDED C (6L+6P)

Structure of embedded C program - Data Types - Operators - Statements - Functions - Keil C

Compiler.

Practical component:

Simple programs using embedded C

LAB / MINI PROJECT / FIELD WORK

NA

TEXT BOOKS

1. Jeyapoovan T, “Fundamentals of Computing and Programming in C”, Vikas Publishing house,

2015.

2. Mark Siegesmund, "Embedded C Programming", first edition, Elsevier publications,

2014.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Ashok Kamthane, “Computer Programming”, Pearson Education, 7th Edition, Inc 2017.

2. Yashavant Kanetkar, “Let us C”, 15th edition, BPP publication, 2016.

3. S.Sathyalakshmi, S.Dinakar, “Computer Programming Practicals – Computer Lab Manual”,

Dhanam Publication, First Edition, July 2013.

E BOOKS

1. https://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/C_Programming

MOOC

1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18-cs10/preview

2. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105085/2

3. https://www.udemy.com/c-programming-for-beginners/

4. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/c-programming

Page 73: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

72

COURSE TITLE ENGINEERING AND DESIGN CREDIT 3

COURSE CODE MHB4101 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 3- 0-0-1

CIA 60% ESE 40%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1 Students will be able to appreciate the different elements involved in good

designs and to apply them in practice when called for.

1,4,5,12

2 Students will be aware of the product oriented and user oriented aspects that

make the design a success.

1,4,5,12

3 Students will be aware of the product oriented and user oriented aspects that

make the design a success

1,4,5,12

4 Students will have a broader perspective of design covering function, cost,

environmental sensitivity, safety and other factors other than engineering

analysis.

1,4,5,12

5 Students learn economic and environmental Issues, trade aspects and IPR 1,4,5,12

Prerequisites : Nil

MODULE 1-INTRODUCTION TO MECHATRONICS SYSTEM DESIGN (7+2 PERIODS)

Design and its objectives; Design constraints, Design functions, Design means and Design from; Role of

Science, Engineering and Technology in design; Engineering as a business proposition; Functional and

Strength Designs. Design form, function and strength; How to initiate creative designs Initiating the

thinking process for designing a product of daily use. Need identification; Problem Statement; Market

survey-customer requirements; Design attributes and objectives; Ideation; Brain storming approaches;

arriving at solutions; Closing on to the Design needs.

Project: An Exercise in the process of design initiation. A simple problem is to be taken up to examine

different solutions- Washing Machine Group Presentation and discussion

MODULE 2-PROCESSES IN DESIGN FOR MECHATRONICS SYSTEMS (7+2 PERIODS)

Design process- Different stages in design and their significance; Defining the design space; Analbgies and "thinking outside of the box"; Quality function deployment-meeting what the customer wants; Evaluation and choosing of a design. Design Communication; Realization of the concept into a configuration, drawing and model. Concept of "Complex is Simple". Design for function and strength. Design detailing- Material selection, Design visualization- Solid modelling; Detailed 2D drawings; Tolerance; Use of standard items in design; Research needs in design; Energy needs of the design, both in its realization and in the applications. Project: An exercise in the detailed design of any two mechatronic products

MODULE 3 – PROTOTYPE FOR MECHATRONICS SYSTEMS (4+5 PERIODS)

Prototyping- rapid prototyping; testing and evaluation of design; Design modifications; Freezing the design; Cost analysis. Engineering the design - From prototype to product. Planning; Scheduling; Supply chains; inventory; handling; manufacturing/construction operations; storage; packaging; shipping; marketing; feed-back on design

Page 74: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

73

Project: List out the standard organizations. Prepare a list of standard items used in mechatronics

engineering specialization. Develop any design with over 50% standard items as parts

MODULE 4- QUALITY ASPECTS IN MECHATRONIC SYSTEMS (4+5 PERIODS)

Design for "X"; covering quality, reliability, safety, manufacturing/construction, assembly,

maintenance, logistics, handling; disassembly; recycling; re-engineering etc.

Project: Example: List out the design requirements(x) for designing a robotic system. Design mobile

robot that could have a rotation of 360 degree

MODULE 5 – USER CENTRED DESIGNS (4+5 PERIODS)

Product centered and user centered design. Product centered attributes and user centered attributes.

Bringing the two closer. Example: gantry robot or pick and place robot. Aesthetics and ergonomics.

Value engineering, Concurrent engineering, Reverse engineering in design; Culture based design;

Architectural designs; Motifs and cultural background; Tradition and design; Study the evolution of

bread toaster/microwave oven; 3D Printers; Human machine interaction - sensors and actuators.

Design as a marketing tool; Intellectual Property rights - Trade secret; patent; copy-right; trademarks;

product liability. Group presentation of any such products covering all aspects that could make

Project: Examine the possibility of value addition for an existing mechatronics product.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Balmer, R. T., Keat, W. D., Wise, G., and Kosky, P., Exploring Engineering, Third Edition: An Introduction to Engineering and Design - [Part 3 - Chapters 17 to 27], ISBN13: 978-0124158917 ISBN-10: 0124158919

2 Dym, C. L., Little, P. and Orwin, E. J., Engineering Design - A Project based introduction - Wiley, ISBN-978-1-118-32458-5

3 Eastman, C. M. (Ed.), Design for X Concurrent engineering imperatives, 1996, XI, 489 p. ISBN 978-94-011-3985-4 Springer

4 Haik, Y. And Shahin, M. T., Engineering Design Process, Cengage Learning, ISBN-13: 978-0-495-66816-9

5 Pahl, G., Beitz, W., Feldhusen, J. and Grote, K. H., Engineering Design: A Systematic Approach, 3rd ed. 2007, XXI, 617p., ISBN 978-1-84628-319-2

6 Voland, G., Engineering by Design, ISBN 978-93-325-3505-3, Pearson India

Page 75: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

74

COURSE TITLE INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL SYSTEMS CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE MHB4102 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 2-0-2-1

CIA 60% ESE 40%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1 Simplify mathematical expressions using Boolean functions 1,2,3

2 Design combinational circuits 1,2,3,5,6

3 Design sequential circuits 1,2,3,5,6

4 Design asynchronous circuits for simple problems 1,2,3,5,6

5 Appreciate the use of electronic devices in mechatronic systems. 1,2,3,5,6,7,12

Prerequisites : Physics and Mathematics

MODULE 1 – INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL SYSTEMS (L-6,P-6)

Introduction to Digital systems – Number systems - Binary, Hexadecimal - Boolean theorems – Basic

Logic Gates, Minimization – Minterm, Maxterm, Karnaugh Map, K map up to 4 variables., Simplification

of logic functions with K-map, tabular minimization procedures

Suggested Reading: Basics of number systems.

Applications: All digital systems in consumer and industrial electronics.

Lab: - (To be done in Simulation environment)

1. Analysis and Synthesis of Boolean Expressions using Basic Logic Gates

2. Characterization of Digital Logic Families

MODULE 2 – COMBINATIONAL CIRCUITS: (L-6,P-6)

Design of Half and Full Adders, Half and Full Subtractors, Binary Parallel Adder – Carry look ahead

Adder, BCD Adder, Multiplexer, De-multiplexer, Magnitude Comparator, Decoder, Encoder.

Suggested Reading: Priority Encoder.

Lab: - (To be done in Simulation environment)

1. Analysis and Synthesis of Boolean Relations using Digital Comparators

2. Analysis and Synthesis of Arithmetic Expressions using Adders / Subtractors

3. Analysis of Functions of BCD-TO-7-segment Decoder / Driver and Operation of 7-segment

LED Display

MODULE – 3 : SEQUENTIAL CIRCUITS (L-6,P-6)

Flip flops – SR, JK, T, D, Master/Slave FF – operation and excitation tables, Triggering of FF, Analysis and

design of clocked sequential circuits – Design – Moore/Mealy models, state minimization, state

assignment, circuit implementation – Design of Counters- Ripple Counters, Ring Counters, Shift

registers.

Suggested Reading: Universal Shift Register.

Lab: - (To be done in Simulation environment)

1. Analysis and Synthesis of Sequential Circuits using Basic Flip-Flops

2. Analysis and Synthesis of Multi-bit Sequential Circuits using Shift Registers

Page 76: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

75

MODULE – 4 : ASYNCHRONOUS SEQUENTIAL CIRCUITS & ALGORITHMIC STATE MACHINES (L-6,P-6)

Stable unstable states, output specifications, cycles and races, Race free assignments, reduction

of state and flow tables, hazards, pulse mode sequential circuits.

Suggested Reading: ASM chart

Lab: - (To be done in Simulation environment)

1. Analysis and Synthesis of Logic Functions using Multiplexers

2. Analysis and Synthesis of Logic Functions using Decoders

MODULE 5 – BASIC ELECTRONIC DEVICES (L-6 , P-6)

Voltage – Current – Ohms Law – introduction to electronic devices – PN Junction Diode, V-I

characteristics, Transistors, BJT, JFET, MOSFET, SCR, Thyristors - Rectifiers.

Suggested Reading: Inverters, Converters and Voltage regulators

Lab: -

1. V-I characteristics of PN junction diode.

TEXT BOOKS

1 Digital Fundamentals, Thomas l. Floyd, 11th edition, Pearson 2014.

2 David A. Bell,” Electronic devices and circuits”, Oxford University higher education, 5th EDITION

2008

REFERENCE BOOKS

4. Digital Logic and Computer Design, M. Morris Mano, Prentice-Hall, 2016

5. W.H.Gothmann, “Digital Electronics-Introduction Theory and Practice”, PHI, 1992.

6. S. Salivahanan and S. Arivazhagan, Digital Circuits and Design, 3rd Edition., Vikas Publishing

House Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2006

E BOOKS

1 http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106108099/Digital%20Systems.pdf

2 https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_ee33/preview

Page 77: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

76

COURSE TITLE ENGINEERING MECHANICS CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE MEB4116 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 2-0-2-1

CIA 50% ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-4

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1 Understand all the basic laws and principles of mechanics. 1,2,4

2 Analyse the problems related to machine structures and friction. 1,2,4,5,10

3 Apply concepts of geometrical properties such as centroid, center of

gravity and moment of inertia. 1,2,4,5,10

4 Solve engineering problems on Statics in case of equilibrium conditions. 1,2,5,9

5 Solve problems on dynamics, momentum and impulse. 1,2,3,4,5,9

Prerequisites : nil

MODULE 1 – INTRODUCTION TO MECHANICS AND FORCE SYSTEM (10L)

Statics: Fundamental concepts, Units & dimensions, Laws of mechanics, System of forces –

parallelogram, triangle and polygon law of forces – resultant of a force system - - resultant of a

concurrent, coplanar and parallel force system – resolution and composition of forces - Lami’s theorem

– transmissibility of forces - moment of a force – physical significance of moment - Varignon’s theorem

– resolution of a force into force and couple – equivalent system of forces – Equilibrium of rigid body

in two dimensions - Problems.

MODULE 2 – FRICTION (10L)

Frictional resistance – classification of friction – limiting friction - laws of friction – coefficient of friction

- angle of friction – angle of repose - cone of friction – properties, advantages and disadvantages of

friction - free body diagram - equilibrium of a body on an inclined plane - ladder friction – wedge friction

– belt friction. Simple machines - concept of lifting machines - law of lifting machine – efficiency -

Problems.

MODULE 3 – PROPERTIES OF SURFACES AND SOLIDS (8L)

Properties of planar surfaces – Centroid and second moment of area - Parallel and perpendicular axis

theorem – Centroid and Moment of Inertia of composite plane figure - Polar Moment of Inertia –

Radius of gyration - Mass moment of inertia of cylinder and thin disc (No derivations required) -

Product of inertia – principal axes and Principal Moment of Inertia - Theorems of Pappus and

Guldinus – Problems.

MODULE 4 – BASICS OF DYNAMICS (9L)

Definition – kinematics and kinetics – displacements, velocity and acceleration- Equations of motion -

Types of motion – Rectilinear motion of a particle with uniform velocity, uniform acceleration, varying

acceleration – motion curves – motion under gravity – relative motion – curvilinear motion of a particle

– projectiles – angle of projection – range – time of flight and maximum height. Newton’s second law

of motion – linear momentum – D Alembert’s principle, Dynamics equilibrium - Problems.

MODULE 5 – IMPULSE MOMENTUM AND IMPACT OF ELASTIC BODIES (8L)

Page 78: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

77

Impulsive force – Impulse – linear impulse and momentum – Equations of momentum – principle

impulse and momentum – impulsive motion – conservation of momentum. Definition – Time of

compression, restitution, collision – law of conservation of momentum – Co-efficient of restitution –

types of impact – collision of elastic bodies by direct central impact and oblique impact – Problems –

MATLAB, basics, Application in collision problems, simple programming.

FIELD WORK

1. Forces in space – addition of concurrent forces in space – equilibrium of a particle in space.

2. Mechanical advantages – velocity ratio and their relationship.

3. Determination of Centroids of Volumes by Integration (derivations).

4. Work energy equation of particles– law of conservation of energy – principle of work and

energy.

5. Collision of small body with a massive body – loss of kinetic energy.

TEXT BOOKS

1 Beer, F. P and Johnston Jr. E.R., Vector Mechanics for Engineers (In SI Units): Statics and

Dynamics, 11thEdition, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing company, New Delhi, 2017.

2 Timoshenko S. & Young D. H., Engineering Mechanics, Mc-GrawHill, 2015.

3 Shames I. H., Engineering Mechanics, Statics and Dynamics, Pearson Prentice, 2016.

4 Rao V. and J. Srinivas, Solving Engineering Mechanics Problems with MATLAB,

ISBN:1906574340 9781906574345, 2nd edition, New age international (P) limited, New Delhi,

2015.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Bhavikatti, S. S and Rajashekarappa, K.G., Engineering Mechanics, New Age International (P)

Limited Publishers, 2016.

2. Hibbeller, R.C and Ashok Gupta, Engineering Mechanics: Statics and Dynamics‖, 14th Edition,

Pearson Education 2017.

3. Benjamin J., Engineering Mechanics, Pentex Book Publishers and Distributors, 2015.

4. Kumar K. L., Engineering Mechanics, Tata Mc-GrawHill Publishing Company Limited, 2015.

5. Meriam J.L. and Kraige L.G., Engineering Mechanics - Statics - Volume 1, Dynamics- Volume 2,

8th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2016.

E BOOKS

1 Meriam J.L. and Kraige L.G., Engineering Mechanics - Statics - Volume 1, Dynamics- Volume 2,

8th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2016.

2 Meriam J.L. and Kraige L.G., Engineering Mechanics - Statics - Volume 1, Dynamics- Volume 2,

8th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2016.

MOOC

http://nptel.ac.in/courses/122104015/

https://www.coursera.org/learn/engineering-mechanics-statics

Page 79: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

78

COURSE TITLE BASICS OF MECHATRONICS CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE MHB4117 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 2-0-2-1

CIA 60% ESE 40%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-4

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1 Understand and differentiate the concurrent mechatronics

and traditional approach. 1,4,2,3,10,12

2 Understand sensors, data acquisition, actuators and drives and their

applications

1,4,2,3,5,10

3 Understand controllers and algorithms and their applications 1,4,2,3,5,10

4 Exposure to interfacing concepts 1,4,2,3,5,10

5 Appreciate the interdisciplinary aspects

1,4,2,3,10,8,6,7,12

Prerequisites : nil

MODULE 1 – INTRODUCTION (10L)

Definition, basic concepts and elements of mechatronic systems and comparison with traditional

approach of design, needs and benefits of mechatronics in manufacturing - Applications in robotics,

CNC, Automotive Systems etc.

MODULE 2 – SENSORS AND DATA ACQUISITION (10L)

Performance terminology, displacement, position and proximity sensors - applications, Velocity and

motion sensors – applications, vision sensor, Signal conditioning, ADC, DAC – Uses, Data presentation.

MODULE 3 – DRIVES AND ACTUATORS (8L)

Solenoids, relays, diodes, DC motor, AC Motor, stepper motors, Hydraulic & Pneumatic devices,

Power supplies, valves.

MODULE 4 – CONTROLLERS AND ALGORITHMS (9L)

Introduction to Microprocessor -Microcontrollers, Programmable Logic Controllers (PLC), Artificial

Neural Networks (ANN), Fuzzy controls.

MODULE 5 – INTERFACING (8L)

Introduction to Input / Output addressing, interface requirements, peripheral interface adapters,

serial communications – examples

FIELD WORK

1. Study of Automatic Washing Machine.

2. Study of Air-Conditioning System – Controls.

3. Study of Reverse Parking System in cars.

Page 80: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

79

TEXT BOOKS

1 W Bolton, Mechatronics, Pearson Education, Sixth Edition, 2015.

2 D. A. Bradley, Mechatronics and the Design of Intelligent Machines and Systems, CRC Press, 2000.

3 David G. Alciatore & Michael B Histand., Introduction to Mechatronics and Measurement systems, Tata McGraw Hill, Third Edition, 2007.

4 D. Shetty & R. Kolk, Mechatronics System Design, Second Edition, SI, Global Engineering, 2011.

5 Dan Nesculescu, Mechatronics, Pearson Education Pvt. Ltd, Fourth Impression 2009.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Mechatronics – HMT, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd, 2000.

2. Aditya P. Mathur, Introduction to Microprocessors, Tata McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition, 2008.

3. Prof. C. R. Venkataramana, Mechatronics, Sapna Book House, 2003.

E BOOKS

1 http://www.springer.com/in/book/9783642175305

2 http://controlmanuals.com/files/Automation/Mechatronics-p1.html

3 http://www.philadelphia.edu.jo/academics/ttutunji/uploads/Book%20-%20MSD%20by%20Shetty.pdf

MOOC

1 https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/mechanical-engineering/2-737-mechatronics-fall- 2014/index.htm

2 https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_me31/preview

Page 81: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

80

COURSE TITLE FLOOR SHOP TRAINING CREDITS 1

COURSE CODE MHB4141 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 0-0-2-1

CIA 60% ESE 40%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1 Able to present overview metrology methods and practice on

different parts. 1,4,2,9

2 Able to describe manufacturing methods and equipment. 1,4,2,9

3 Able to outline the safety regulations in workshop. 1,4,2,3,9,10

4 Able to describe method/methods for mechanical part manufacturing. 1,4,2,3,9,10

5 Able to provide information technical drawing on engineering applications. 1,4,2,3,5,9,10

Prerequisites : nil

MODULE 1 – INTRODUCTION (20P)

1. Technical drawing reading.

2. Study of Checking the limits of dimensional tolerances using comparators (Mechanical /

Pneumatic / Electrical)

3. Study of Calibration of Vernier / Micrometer / Dial Gauge

4. Machine tools operations – selection.

5. Fabrication process - Practice

6. Forming process – Study and Visit

MODULE 2 – SAFETY AND STANDARDS (10P)

1. Study and implementations 5S Principles

2. Study of JIT Principles

3. Study of TPM Principles

4. Study of ISO standards

VIRTUAL LAB

1.http://mm-nitk.vlabs.ac.in/

Page 82: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

81

COURSE TITLE ENGINEERING IMMERSION LAB CREDIT 0.5

COURSE CODE GEA4131 COURSE CATEGORY BS L-T-P-S 0-0-2-2

CIA 80% ESE 20%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1

Upon successful completion of this course the student should be able to Identify and use of tools, Types of joints used in welding, carpentry and plumbing operations.

1,4,3,9,12

2 Have hands on experience on basic fabrication techniques such as carpentry and plumbing practices.

1,4,3,9,12

3 Have hands on experience on basic fabrication techniques of different types of welding and basic machining practices.

1,4,3,9,12

SLOT X - LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

I. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING WORKSHOP 5. Welding: Arc welding: Butt joints 6. Lap joints. 7. Machining: Facing 8. Turning

II. AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING 5. Dismantling and Studying of two stroke gasoline engine. 6. Assembling of two stroke gasoline engine. 7. Dismantling and Studying of four stroke gasoline engine 8. Assembling of four stroke gasoline engine.

III. AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING 5. Study of Flow Pattern around Various Objects. 6. Force measurement on Aircraft Model 7. Determination of Young's Modulus for Aluminum Cantilever Beam 8. Binary Addition & Subtraction using Microprocessor

IV. CIVIL ENGINEERING 5. Plumbing- Basic Pipe Connection using valves, couplings and elbows. 6. Carpentry – Sowing, Planning and making common Joints. 7. Bar Bending 8. Construction of a 50 cm height brick wall without mortar using English Bond.

SLOT Y - LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

V.ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 5. Study of tools and accessories. 6. Study of cables. 7. Staircase wiring, Tube light and Fan connection. 8. Measurement of energy using single phase energy meter.

VI. ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING 5. Study of Active and Passive Components. 6. Study of Logic Circuits. 7. Making simple circuit using Electronic Components. 8. Measuring of parameters for signal using CRO.

Page 83: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

82

VII. COMPUTER SCIENCE 5. Troubleshooting different parts of the computer peripherals, Monitor, Keyboard & CPU. 6. Installation of various operating systems, their capabilities, Windows, Unix, Linux. 7. Installation of commonly used software like MS Office 8. Assembling digital computer.

VIII. MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 5. Study of Key Elements of Mechatronics Systems 6. Sensors – Load Cell, Thermocouple 7. Actuators – Linear & Rotary Actuators 8. Interfacing & Measurements – Virtual Instrumentation

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Jeyapoovan T and Saravanapandian M., Engineering practices lab manual, 4th Edition, Vikas publishing House, New Delhi, 2015.

2 Hajra Choudhury S.K., Hajra Choudhury A.K. and Nirjhar Roy S.K., “Elements of Workshop Technology”, Vol. I 2008 and Vol. II 2010, Media promoters and publishers private limited, Mumbai.

3 Ibrahim Zeid, CAD/CAM Theory and Practice, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2011

4 Robert Quesada, Jeyapoovan T., Computer Numerical Control Machining and Turning Centers, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2006

METHOD OF ALLOCATION FOR ENGINEERING IMMERSION LAB

SLOT X : MECH, AERO, AUTO, CIVIL EXPERIMENTS SLOT Y : EEE, ELECTRONICS, CSE, MECHATRONICS EXPERIMENTS

EVERY CLASS OF

GROUP A (AERO, AUTO, MECH, MCT, CHEM, BIO, CIVIL

GROUP B (CSE, IT, ECE, EEE, AEROSPACE) GETS DIVIDED INTO 4 SUB - GROUPS NAMELY a, b, c, d -- EACH CONSISTING OF 15 TO 20 STUDENTS MAX.

FOR EXAMPLE: GROUP A STUDENTS WILL OCCUPY SLOT X

WEEK 1 : SLOT X --- a – MECH; b – AUTO; c – AERO ; d – CIVIL

WEEK 2 : SLOT X --- b – MECH; c – AUTO; d – AERO ; a – CIVIL

THE ABOVE SCHEDULE WILL BE ON ROTATION EVERY MONTH (ONE CYLCE PER MONTH) GROUP B STUDENTS WILL OCCUPY SLOT Y

WEEK 1 : SLOT Y --- a – EEE; b – ECE; c – CSE ; d – MCT

WEEK 2 : SLOT Y --- b – EEE; c – ECE; d – CSE ; a – MCT

THE ABOVE SCHEDULE WILL BE ON ROTATION EVERY MONTH (ONE CYLCE PER MONTH)

Page 84: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

83

COURSE TITLE ENGINEERING PHYSICS LABORATORY

(Common to all engineering branches) CREDIT 1

COURSE CODE PHA4131 COURSE CATEGORY BS L-T-P-S 0-0-2-0

CIA 80% ESE 20%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. Ability to analyze material’s elastic properties 1,2,3,12

2. Ability to determine thermal conductivity of bad conductor 1,2,3,12

3. Ability to measure coefficient of viscosity of liquids 1,2,3,12

4. Ability to determine wavelength of laser 1,2,3,12

5. Ability to describe V-I characteristics of diode 1,2,3,12

Prerequisites: Knowledge in basic physics practical at higher secondary level.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS (ANY FIVE EXPERIMENTS)

1. Torsional Pendulum – Determination of rigidity modulus of the material of a wire.

2. Non Uniform Bending – Determination of Young’s Modulus.

3. Uniform Bending – Determination of Young’s Modulus.

4. Viscosity – Determination of co-efficient of viscosity of a liquid by Poiseuille’s flow.

5. Lee’s Disc – Determination of thermal conductivity of a bad conductor.

6. Air – Wedge – Determination of thickness of a thin wire

7. Spectrometer – refractive index of a prism

8. Semiconductor laser – Determination of wavelength of laser using grating

9. Semiconductor diode – VI characteristics

TEXT BOOK

2. P. Mani, engineering Physics Practicals, Dhanam Publications, Chennai, 2005

REFERENCE BOOKS

3. Glenn V.Lo, Jesus Urrechaga - Aituna, Introductory Physics Laboratory Manual, Part-I, Fall 2005

Edition.

4. P. Kulkarni, Experiments in Engineering Physics Bachelor of Engineering and Technology,

Edition 2015

E BOOK

1 http://www.aurora.ac.in/images/pdf/departments/humanities-and-sciences/engg-phy-lab-

manual.pdf

Page 85: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

84

COURSE TITLE MATERIALS CHEMISTRY LABORATORY

(Common to ALL branches of Engineering) CREDITS 1

COURSE CODE CYA4131 COURSE CATEGORY BS L-T-P-S 0-0-2-0

CIA 80% ESE 20%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. Students learn to characterize basic properties of refractory ceramics 1,2,3,12

2. On completion of this course, students learn to prepare resins and composites. 1,2,3,12

3. Students learn to estimate metal ions present in samples using instrumental

techniques.

1,2,3,12

4. On completion of the course the students learn to develop adsorption isotherm. 1,2,3,12

5. Students learn to find properties of lubricants and other oil samples. 1,2,3,12

Prerequisites: Knowledge in basic chemistry practical at higher secondary level.

LAB / MINI PROJECT/FIELD WORK

1. Construction of Phenol-Water Phase diagram.

2. Determination of viscosity of polymer using Ostwald Viscometer.

3. Preparation of urea-formaldehyde resin.

4. Determination of porosity of a refractory.

5. Determination of Apparent Density of porous solids.

6. Determination of Viscosity Index of lubricants.

7. Estimation of dye content in the effluent by UV-Visible spectrophotometry.

8. Determination of viscosity of oil using Red-Wood Viscometer.

9. Determination of Copper / iron content in the alloy by colorimetry.

10. Estimation of sodium and potassium ions by Flame Photometry.

11. Verification of Beer-Lambert’s law using gold nanoparticles.

12. Determination of adsorption isotherm for acetic acid on activated charcoal.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. J. Mendham, R.C. Denney, J.D. Barnes and N.J.K. Thomas, Vogel’s Textbook of Quantitative Chemical Analysis, 6th Edition, Pearson Education, 2009

2. D.P. Shoemaker and C.W. Garland, Experiments in Physical Chemistry, 8th edition, McGraw Hill, London, 2008

3. S. Sumathi, Laboratory work book for Engineering Chemistry Practical, 2015

4. Laboratory Manual of Testing Materials, William Kendrick Hatt and Herbert Henry Scofield, Andesite Press, 2017

E BOOKS

1. http://www.erforum.net/2016/01/engineering-chemistry-by-jain-and-jain-pdf-free-

ebook.html

MOOC

1 https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/chemistry/5-111-principles-of-chemical-science-fall-

2008/video-lectures/lecture-32/

2 https://www.coursetalk.com/providers/coursera/courses/introduction-to-chemistry-1

Page 86: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

85

SEMESTER - III

COURSE TITLE PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS AND TRANSFORMS

(Common For all Department) CREDITS 4

COURSE CODE MAA4201 COURSE CATEGORY BS L-T-P-S 3-1-0-0

CIA 50% ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-1-4

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1 Able to obtain basic knowledge in signal & Image Processing 1,2,4,12

2 Able to obtain the knowledge of Vibration Analysis and Heat analysis

in one dimension

1,2,4,12

3 Able to obtain the knowledge of Heat analysis in two dimension 1,2,4,12

4 Able to understand the process Filter and analysis of linear system 1,2,4,12

5 Able to obtain knowledge Complex Frequency Domain 1,2,4,12

Prerequisites : nil

MODULE 1: PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (9L+3T)

Formation of partial differential equations by elimination of arbitrary constants, arbitrary functions –

Solution of standard types of first order partial differential equations – Lagrange’s linear equation –

Linear partial differential equations of second order with constant coefficients.

Suggested Reading: Partial Differentiation

MODULE 2: ONE DIMENSIONAL WAVE AND HEAT FLOW EQUATION (9L+3T)

Classification of second order linear partial differential equations – Solutions of one dimensional wave

equation (without proof) – One dimensional heat flow equation (without proof) and application in

string and rod problems.

Suggested Reading: Partial Differential Equations, Half range sine series.

MODULE 3: TWO DIMENSIONAL HEAT FLOW EQUATION (9L+3T)

Steady state solution of two dimensional heat equations and applications in finite plates and infinite

plates problems.

Suggested Reading: Partial Differential Equations, Half range sine series.

MODULE 4: FOURIER TRANSFORM (9L+3T)

Fourier Integral Theorem (without proof) – Fourier transform pair – Sine and Cosine transforms –

Properties – Transforms of Simple functions – Convolution theorem – Parseval’s identity.

Suggested Reading: Basic integration.

MODULE 5: Z-TRANSFORM AND DIFFERENCE EQUATIONS (9L+3T)

Z-Transform – Elementary Properties – Inverse Z-Transform – Convolution theorem – Formation of

Difference equations – Solution of difference equations using Z-Transform

Suggested Reading: Basic calculus

Page 87: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

86

LAB/MINI PROJECT/FIELD WORK

Theory with practical classes

TEXT BOOKS

1 P. Sivarama Krishna Das, C. Vijayakumari., “Transforms and partial differential equations”,

Pearson Publication, 2016.

2 Grewal. B.S., "Higher Engineering Mathematics", 42nd Edition, Khanna Publishers, Delhi, 2012.

3 Chandrasekaran A, “A Text Book of Transforms and Partial Differential Equations”, Dhanam

Publication, 2015

4 Raj Kumar Bansal,Ashok Kumar Goel, Manoj Kumar Sharma, “MATLAB and its Applications in

Engineering”, Pearson Publication, Second Edition, 2016.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Bali.N.P and Manish Goyal, "A Textbook of Engineering Mathematics", 7th Edition, Laxmi

Publications Pvt Ltd , 2007.

2. Datta.K.B., "Mathematical Methods of Science and Engineering", Cengage Learning India Pvt

Ltd, Delhi, 2013.

3. Veerarajan. T., "Transforms and Partial Differential Equations", Tata McGraw Hill Education

Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, Second reprint, 2012.

4. Dean G. Duffy., “Advanced Engineering Mathematics with MATLAB”, CRC Press, Third Edition

2013.

E BOOKS

1 nptel.ac.in/courses/122107037/

2 nptel.ac.in/courses/122107037/22

MOOC

https://www.mooc-list.com/tags/laplace-transforms

https://www.edx.org/course/introduction-differential-equations-bux-math226-1x-1

Page 88: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

87

COURSE TITLE MANUFACTURING PROCESS CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE MHB4201 COURSE CATEGORY BS L-T-P-S 3-0-0-0

CIA 50% ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1 Understand the casting process 1,4,2,3,10

2 Understand the fabrication processes 1,4,2,3,10,6,7,12

3 Gain knowledge about machining process 1,4,2,3,10,10

4 Familiarize forming and Metallurgy 1,4,2,10

Prerequisites : nil

MODULE 1 – CASTING

Casting types, procedure to make sand mould, types of core making, moulding tools, machine

moulding, special moulding processes – CO2 moulding; shell moulding, investment moulding,

permanent mould casting, pressure die casting, centrifugal casting, continuous casting, casting defects.

MODULE 2 – WELDING

Classification of welding processes. Principles of Oxy-acetylene gas welding. A.C metal arc welding,

resistance welding, submerged arc welding, tungsten inert gas welding, metal inert gas welding, plasma

arc welding, thermit welding, electron beam welding, laser beam welding, defects in welding, soldering

and brazing.

MODULE 3 – MACHINING

General principles of working and commonly performed operations in the following machines: Lathe,

Shaper, Planer, Horizontal milling machine, Universal drilling machine. Capstan and Turret lathe.

Abrasive processes: grinding wheel–specifications and selection, types of grinding process– cylindrical

grinding, surface grinding, centreless grinding–honing, lapping, super finishing, polishing and buffing,

gear cutting: forming, generation, shaping, hobbing,

MODULE 4 – FORMING AND SHAPING OF PLASTICS

Types of plastics - Characteristics of the forming and shaping processes – Moulding of Thermoplastics – Working principles and typical applications of - Injection moulding – Plunger and screw machines – Blow moulding – Rotational moulding – Film blowing – Extrusion - Typical industrial applications – Thermoforming – Processing of Thermosets – Working principles and typical applications - Compression moulding – Transfer moulding – Bonding of Thermoplastics – Fusion and solvent methods – Induction and Ultrasonic methods

MODULE 5 – METAL FORMING AND POWDER METALLURGY

Principles and applications of the following processes: Forging, Rolling, Extrusion, Wire drawing and

Spinning, Powder metallurgy – Principal steps involved advantages, disadvantages and limitations of

powder metallurgy.

FIELD WORK

1. Visit to a manufacturing industry. 2. Study of conventional machining operations.

3. Study of retrofitting.

Page 89: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

88

TEXT BOOKS

1 Hajra Choudhury, “Elements of Workshop Technology”, Vol. I and II, Media Promoters and

Publishers Pvt., Ltd., Mumbai, 2010.

2 Nagendra Parashar B.S. and Mittal R.K., “Elements of Manufacturing Processes”, Prentice- Hall

of India Private Limited, 2011

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Serope Kalpajian, Steven R.Schmid, “Manufacturing Processes for Engineering Materials”, 4th

Edition, Pearson Education, Inc. 2007.

2. “H.M.T. Production Technology – Handbook”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2000.

E BOOKS

1

https://books.google.co.in/books?id=FDIfTrE3BjUC&printsec=frontcover&dq=manufacturing+

process&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwij1IXQ9u_ZAhUHM48KHZOiBcMQ6AEIJjAA#v=onepage&q

=manufacturing%20process&f=false

2

https://books.google.co.in/books?id=FfLpEgj5F_EC&printsec=frontcover&dq=manufacturing+

process&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwij1IXQ9u_ZAhUHM48KHZOiBcMQ6AEILDAB#v=onepage&

q=manufacturing%20process&f=false

MOOC

https://www.edx.org/course/fundamentals-manufacturing-processes-mitx-2-008x-0

https://www.coursera.org/specializations/digital-manufacturing-design-technology

COURSE TITLE MECHANICS OF MACHINES CREDITS 4

COURSE CODE MHB4202 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 3-0-2-1

CIA 50% ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1 Understand the theory of mechanism, together with its shortcomings, the concepts of mobility, degrees of freedom and inertia.

4,2,3,5,10,12

2 Calculate forces and accelerations in mechanisms. 2,3,5,9,10

3 Understand the concepts of balancing 3,5,9,10

4 Understand the concepts of vibration

3,5,9,10

5 Understand the concepts of forced vibration 1,4,2,3,5,10

Prerequisites : nil

MODULE 1 – BASICS OF MECHANISMS (9L)

Terminology and Definitions-Degree of Freedom Mobility-Kutzbach criterion- Grashoff's law-Kinematic Inversions of 4-bar chain and slider crank chains-Mechanical Advantage-Transmission angle-Description of common Mechanisms-Single, double and offset slider mechanisms - Quick return mechanisms - Ratchets and escapements - Indexing Mechanisms

Page 90: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

89

MODULE 2 – KINEMATICS (9L)

Displacement, velocity and acceleration and analysis in simple mechanisms - Graphical Method velocity and acceleration polygons - Computer applications in the kinematic analysis of simple mechanisms-Coincident points

MODULE 3 – BALANCING OF ROTATING MASSES (9L)

Static and dynamic balancing – Balancing of rotating masses – Balancing a single cylinder engine – Balancing of Multi-cylinder inline, V-engines – Partial balancing in engines – Balancing of linkages – Balancing machines-Field balancing of discs and rotors.

MODULE 4 – BASIC CONCEPTS OF VIBRATION (9L)

Vibration and oscillation, causes and effects of vibrations, Vibration parameters –spring, mass, damper, Damper models, Motion – periodic, non-periodic, harmonic, non- harmonic, – Degree of freedom, –static equilibrium position, –Vibration classification, Steps involved in vibration analysis.

MODULE 5 – FORCED VIBRATION (9L)

Response of one degree freedom systems to periodic forcing – Harmonic disturbances –Disturbance caused by unbalance – Support motion –transmissibility – Vibration isolation vibration measurement.

LAB

1. To study various types of Kinematic links, pairs, chains and Mechanisms. 2. To study inversions of 4 Bar Mechanisms, Single and double slider crank mechanisms. 3. Create various types of linkage mechanism in CAD and simulate their motions 4. Analysis of velocity and acceleration for mechanical linkages of different mechanisms - Use of

kinematics and dynamics simulation software like ADAMS, MATLAB 5. Balancing of reciprocating masses. 6. Balancing of rotating masses. 7. Vibrating system-Spring mass system-Determination of damping co-efficient of single degree

of freedom system using MATLAB. 8. Transverse vibration –free- Beam. Determination of natural frequency and deflection of Beam. 9. Determination of moment of inertia by oscillation method for connecting rod and flywheel.

(30 P)

TEXT BOOKS

1 Rattan S.S, Theory of Machines, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2009

2 R. S. Khurmi, J.K. Gupta, Theory Of Machines, Eurasia Publishing House, 2005

3 Shigley J.E and.Uicker J.J, Theory of Machines and Mechanisms, McGraw-Hill, Inc. 2011

4 Uicker, J.J., Pennock G.R and Shigley, J.E., “Theory of Machines and Mechanisms” ,3rd Edition, Oxford University Press, 2009.

5 Khurmi, R.S.,”Theory of Machines”, 14th Edition, S Chand Publications, 2005.

REFERENCE BOOKS

7. Thomas Bevan, Theory of Machines, CBS Publishers and Distributors, 2005

8. Ghosh A and A.K.Mallick, Theory of Mechanisms and Machines, Affiliated East - West Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1998.

9. Rao J.S and Dukkipati R.V, Mechanism and Machine Theory, Wiley-Eastern Ltd., New Delhi, 1992.

10. John Hannah and Stephens R.C, Mechanics of Machines, Viva Low-Prices Student Edition, 1999.

Page 91: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

90

E BOOKS

1 https://books.google.co.in/books?id=h8dCbrFzSkcC&printsec=frontcover&dq=mechanics+of+machines&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwjOweDw9-_ZAhVHRY8KHT9_C9gQ6AEIJjAA#v=onepage&q=mechanics%20of%20machines&f=false

2 https://books.google.co.in/books?id=fIeUoAEACAAJ&dq=mechanics+of+machines&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwjOweDw9-_ZAhVHRY8KHT9_C9gQ6AEILDAB

MOOC

1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112101096/

2. https://www.coursera.org/learn/engineering-mechanics-statics-2

COURSE TITLE EMBEDDED SYSTEMS CREDITS 4

COURSE CODE MHB4203 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 3-0-2-1

CIA 50% ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1 Understand basic building blocks of embedded systems 1,2,4

2 Interface various peripherals to processors 1,4,2,5,9,10

3 Program embedded systems 1,4,2,3,9

4 Use the basic concepts of systems programming like operating system,

assembler compliers etc. 1,4,2,9,11

5 Understand the management task needed for developing embedded system 1,4,2,9,12

Prerequisites : nil

MODULE 1 – INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDDED SYSTEM (9L)

Introduction to functional building blocks of embedded systems - Register, memory devices, ports,

timer, interrupt controllers using circuit block diagram representation for each categories.

MODULE 2 – PROCESSOR AND MEMORY ORGANIZATION (9L)

Structural units in a processor; selection of processor & memory devices; shared memory; DMA;

interfacing processor, memory and I/O units; memory management - Cache mapping techniques,

dynamic allocation - Fragmentation.

MODULE 3 – DEVICES AND BUSES FOR DEVICES NETWORK (9L)

I/O devices; timer & counting devices; serial communication using I2C, CAN, USB buses; parallel

communication using ISA, PCI, PCI/X buses, arm bus; interfacing with devices/ports, device drivers in

a system - Serial port & parallel port.

MODULE 4 – I/O PROGRAMMING SCHEDULE MECHANISM (9L)

Intel I/O instruction - Transfer rate, latency; interrupt driven I/O - Non-maskable interrupts; software

interrupts, writing interrupt service routine in C & assembly languages; preventing interrupt overrun;

disability interrupts. Multi-threaded programming - Context switching, premature & non-premature

multitasking, semaphores. Scheduling - Thread states, pending threads, context switching, round

robin scheduling, priority based scheduling, assigning priorities, deadlock, watch dog timers.

Page 92: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

91

MODULE 5 – REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEM (RTOS) (9L)

Introduction to basic concepts of RTOS, Basics of real time & embedded system operating systems,

RTOS - Interrupt handling, task scheduling; embedded system design issues in system development

process - Action plan, use of target system, emulator, use of software tools.

LAB

1. To study the architecture of basic embedded controller.

2. To perform simple programming of embedded controllers.

3. To study the various communication interfaces using real time embedded system.

4. To perform program using scheduling mechanisms in embedded system.

5. To study the RTOS system based on applications.

TEXT BOOKS

1 Raj Kamal, Embedded System -Architecture, Programming and Design, Tata McGraw Hill,

2008. 2nd Edition

2 Daniel W. Lewis Fundamentals of Embedded Software, Prentice Hall of India, 2004.

3 David E. Simon, An Embedded Software Primer, Pearson Education, 2004.

4 Frank Vahid, Embedded System Design - A Unified hardware & Software Introduction, John

Wiley.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Sriram V. Iyer, Pankaj Gupta, Embedded Real Time Systems Programming, Tata McGraw Hill,

2003 Edition - 1

2. Steve Heath, Embedded System Design, II edition, Elsevier, 2003.

E BOOKS

1

https://books.google.co.in/books?id=h8dCbrFzSkcC&printsec=frontcover&dq=mechanics+of+

machines&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwjOweDw9-

_ZAhVHRY8KHT9_C9gQ6AEIJjAA#v=onepage&q=mechanics%20of%20machines&f=false

2 https://books.google.co.in/books?id=fIeUoAEACAAJ&dq=mechanics+of+machines&hl=en&sa=

X&ved=0ahUKEwjOweDw9-_ZAhVHRY8KHT9_C9gQ6AEILDAB

MOOC

1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112101096/

2. https://www.coursera.org/learn/engineering-mechanics-statics-2

Page 93: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

92

COURSE TITLE COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN LAB CREDITS 1

COURSE CODE MHB4231 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 0-0-2-0

CIA 60% ESE 40%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1 Able to present an overview of CADD and describe its

applications in different fields. 1,4,2,9

2 Able to describe common terms associated with CADD hardware

and software. 1,4,2,9

3 Able to outline the basic principles associated with CADD and to

demonstrate common drafting techniques used by professionals. 1,4,2,3,9,10

4 Able to introduce the advanced capabilities of CADD and how they can be

used to increase productivity. 1,4,3,3,9,10

5 Able to provide information about the CADD industry resources. 1,4,2,3,5,9,10

Prerequisites : nil

MODULE 1 – 2D – DRAFTING (20P)

1. Draw and Solve problems in Projections of straight lines 2. Drawing of front view and top view of simple solids like prism, pyramid, cylinder, cone, etc,

and dimensioning. 3. Drawing front view, top view and side view of objects from the given pictorial views 4. Drawing sectional views of prism, pyramid, cylinder, cone, etc., 5. Drawing isometric projection of simple objects.

MODULE 2 – 3D – MODELING (10P)

1. Creation of 3-D models of simple objects and obtaining 2-D multi-view drawings from 3-D model. Note: Plotting of drawings must be made for each exercise and attached to the records written by students.

Virtual lab

https://sketchfab.com/

Page 94: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

93

COURSE TITLE MANUFACTURING PROCESSES LAB CREDITS 1

COURSE CODE MHB4232 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 0-0-3-0

CIA 60% ESE 40%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1 Select the right tool, machining condition and relevant measurement 1,4,2

2 Learn the Applications of mechanics of metal cutting 1,4,2

3 Have knowledge on milling and drilling and grinding operations 1,3,5

4 Know the methods and applications of various measurements of engineering components

1,2,5,9

5 Understanding the CNC hardware and CNC Programming 1,4,2,3,5,9

Prerequisites : nil

MODULE 1 – MACHINING (30P)

1. Two or More Metal Cutting Experiments (Example: Shear Angle Measurement, Cutting Force)

2. One or More Exercises in Milling Machines (Example: Milling Polygon Surfaces, Gear milling, Keyway milling, Helical Groove milling etc.)

3. Two or More Exercises in Grinding / Abrasive machining (Example: Surface Grinding, Cylindrical Grinding, Centreless Grinding, Lapping, Honing etc.)

4. Two or More Exercises in Machining Components for Assembly of different fits. (Example: Machining using Lathes, Shapers, Drilling, Milling, Grinding Machines etc.)

5. One or More Exercises in Capstan or Turret Lathes 6. One or More Exercises in Gear Machining

MODULE 2 – MEASUREMENTS (7P)

1. Measurement (Cutting Temperature Measurement, Tool Wear Measurement, Life Measurement etc.)

2. Measurement of tool life using Mat lab

MODULE 3 – CASTING & WELDING (8P)

1. Welding – Arc & Gas welding 2. Casting- Demonstration 3. Powder Metallurgy- Demonstration

MATLAB ASSIGNMENTS

1. Glass Tube Manufacturing Process 2. Compensator Design for a Set of Plant Models 3. Fault Diagnosis of Centrifugal Pumps using Steady State Experiments 4. Robust Tuning of Mass-Spring-Damper System 5. Modeling a Kanban Production System 6. Generalized Extreme Value Distribution 7. Test Real-Time Application

Virtual Labs

http://mm-nitk.vlabs.ac.in/

http://mdmv-nitk.vlabs.ac.in/

Page 95: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

94

COURSE TITLE DESIGN PROJECT I CREDITS 1

COURSE CODE MHB4233 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 0-0-2-0

CIA 80% ESE 20%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL - 6

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

Upon successful completion of this course the student should be able to

1 Design and fabricate a system using the knowledge acquired in

the previous semesters 1,4,2,5,8,6,7,11,12

2 Able to prepare technical drawing, technical report and technical

presentation skill. 1,4,2,5,8,6,7,11,12

NOTE:

The students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members have to take one small item

for design and fabrication. Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the

faculty of the institution.

To develop a mechatronic system with emphasis on motion control using mechanical drives

The students are required to design and fabricate the chosen item and demonstrate its

working apart from submitting the project report. The report should contain assembly

drawing, parts drawings, process charts relating to fabrication.

ASSESSMENT (%)

Continuous Assessment 80

Viva-voce 20

Total 100

Page 96: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

95

SEMESTER IV

COURSE TITLE ELECTRICAL MACHINES & DRIVES CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE MHB4218 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 3-0-0-1

CIA 50% ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1 Understand the basics of Circuit theory 1,4,2,8,6,7,11,12

2 Understand the Construction and Principle of Operation,

Testing, Regulation, equivalent circuit of Transformers 1,4,2,3,5,9,8,6,7,11,12

3 Understand the principles of DC Motors and DC Generators 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

4 Understand the speed control of DC Motors. 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

5 Analyse the various direct and indirect test methods to find the

efficiency of DC machines and transformer 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

Prerequisites : nil

MODULE 1 – CIRCUITS AND TRANSFORMERS (9L)

D.C. Voltage, current, power-Ohms law-series, parallel circuits – Kirchoff’s laws – mesh analysis – A.C.

voltage – sinusoidal waves, Phasor representation – power factor – complex power - basic idea of

transformers – simple problems.

MODULE 2 – ELECTRICAL MOTORS (9L)

Constructional details, principle of operation and performance characteristics of D.C. motors, single

phase induction motor, three phase induction motor, synchronous motors, universal motors, stepper

motors and reluctance motor.

MODULE 3 – SPEED CONTROL AND STARTERS (9L)

Speed control of D.C. motors – three phase induction motors – starting methods of D.C. motor and

three phase induction motor – electrical braking – simple problems.

MODULE 4 – ELECTRICAL DRIVES (9L)

Type of Electrical Drives – Selection & factors influencing the selection – heating and cooling curves –

loading condition and classes of duty – determination of power rating – simple problems.

MODULE 5 – SOLID STATE DRIVES (9L)

Advantages of solid state drives – D.C. motor control using rectifiers and choppers – control of

induction motor by V, V/f and slip power recovery scheme using inverters and A.C. power regulators.

FIELD WORK

1. Study of servo motor.

2. Study of various motors used in automobile.

TEXT BOOKS

1 N.K.De.,P.K.Sen, Electric Drives, Prentice Hall, First edition 2004

2 I.J. Nagrath, T.P. Kothari., Basic Electrical Engineering, McGraw-Hill Publishing company Ltd.,

Second edition, 2002.

Page 97: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

96

3 S.K. Bhattacharya, Electrical Machines, second edition 1999, Tata McGraw-Hill Pvt. Company Ltd.,

Second edition, 2007

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. G.K. Dubey, Fundamental Electrical Drives, second edition 2002, Narosa Publications, Second

edition, 2002.

2. Pillai, S.K., A Seish course on Electrical Drives, Wilay Eastern Ltd., New Delhi, 2014

E BOOKS

1

https://books.google.co.in/books?id=_1IvBQAAQBAJ&printsec=frontcover&dq=electrical+mac

hines+and+drives&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwifnsGV-

u_ZAhXHMo8KHaWnDzkQ6AEIJjAA#v=onepage&q=electrical%20machines%20and%20drives&f

=false

2

https://books.google.co.in/books?id=X5TOBQAAQBAJ&printsec=frontcover&dq=electrical+ma

chines+and+drives&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwifnsGV-

u_ZAhXHMo8KHaWnDzkQ6AEIKzAB#v=onepage&q=electrical%20machines%20and%20drives

&f=false

MOOC

1. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/electrical-engineering-and-computer-science/6-685-electric-

machines-fall-2013/

2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_ec10/preview

COURSE TITLE PROFESSIONAL ETHICS AND LIFE SKILLS CREDITS 2

COURSE CODE GEA4216 COURSE CATEGORY BS L-T-P-S 2 0 0 1

CIA 50% ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3

PREREQUISITES : NIL

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1 Morals values and ethics will be learnt by students 9,4,8,12

2 Different Ethical theories will be learnt 9,4,8,12

3 Students will be learning about Risk analysis 9,4,8,12

4 Personal Values, Life Skills will be learnt by students 9,4,8,12

5 Responsibility about the Society will be understood 9,4,8,12

MODULE 1: HUMAN VALUES (6L)

Definition of ethics-Morals values and ethics – integrity-Work ethics- Service learning-Civic virtue-

Respect for others-Caring-Sharing-Honesty-Courage-Valuing time-Cooperation-Commitment-Empathy-

Self confidence-Character-Spirituality-Introduction to Yoga and meditation for professional excellence

and stress management

Self-Study: Case study of Discovery failure

Page 98: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

97

MODULE 2: ENGINEERING ETHICS (6L)

Senses of ‘Engineering Ethics’ – Variety of moral issues – Types of inquiry – Moral dilemmas – Moral

Autonomy – Kohlberg’s theory – Gilligan’s theory – Consensus and Controversy – Models of professional

roles - Theories about right action – Self-interest – Customs and Religion – Uses of Ethical Theories.

Self-study: Study the Bhopal gas tragedy

MODULE 3: SAFETY, REPOSIBILITIES AND RIGHTS (6L)

Safety and Risk – Assessment of Safety and Risk – Risk Benefit Analysis and Reducing Risk - Respect for

Authority – Collective Bargaining – Confidentiality – Conflicts of Interest – Occupational Crime –

Professional Rights – Employee Rights – Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) – Discrimination.

Self-study: Chernobyl explosion, Nuclear and thermal power plant issues

MODULE 4: LIFE SKILLS (6L)

Definition, Relevance, Types of values, changing concepts of values-aims and values of value

education- basic etiquette-morals and values in life-dealing with people. Personal values – Self –

Strengths (self-confidence, self-assessment, self-reliance, self-discipline, determination, self-restraint,

contentment, humility, sympathy and compassion, gratitude, forgiveness) Weaknesses

Self-study: Influences - Peer pressure, familial and societal expectations, media

MODULE 5: SOCIETIES IN PROGRESS (6L)

Definition of society; Units of society; Communities – ancient and modern – Agents of change – Sense

of survival, security, desire for comfort and ease sense of belonging, social consciousness and

responsibility

Self-study: Personal value and professional value of Engineers on societies perception

TEXT BOOKS

1 Subramanian R., Professional ethics, Oxford University press

REFERENCES BOOKS

1 Megan J. Murphy (Editor), Lorna Hecker (Editor), Ethics and Professional Issues in Couple and

Family Therapy

2 Andrew Belsey (Editor), Ruth Chadwick (Editor), Ethical Issues in Journalism and the Media

(Professional Ethics)

3 Warwick Fox (Editor), Ethics and the Built Environment (Professional Ethics)

4 RuchikaNath, Value Education, APH Publishing Corporation, New Delhi, 2008

5 Manoharan P.K., Education and Personality Development, APH Publishing Corporation, New Delhi,

2008

MOOC

1 https://www.lifeskillsmooc.in/

2 https://www.edx.org/course/ethics-life-sciences-healthcare-kyotoux-006x-1

Page 99: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

98

COURSE TITLE SOLIDS AND FLUIDS MECHANICS CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE MHB4219 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 3-0-0-2

CIA 50% ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1 Understand the basic principles of solid mechanics.

1,2,3,4,7

1,4,2,3,10

2 Understand the basic principles of fluid mechanics. 1,4,2,3,10

3 To estimate the displacement and stresses in deformable bodies. 1,4,2,3,10

4 To gain the knowledge on problems in statics, kinematics and dynamics of

incompressible fluids. 1,4,2,3,10

5 To gain the knowledge on dimensional analysis 1,4,2,3,10

Prerequisites : nil

MODULE 1 – STRESS, STRAIN AND DEFORMATION OF SOLIDS (9L)

Concept of stress-strain, Hooke’s law, Tension, compression and shear, stress-strain diagram, poisson’s

relation, volumetric strain, Elastic constants and their relation. Stress in simple and composite bars

subjected to axial loading and temperature. State of stress at a point, principle plane, principle stress,

normal and longitudinal stresses on a given plane – Mohr’s circle of stresses

MODULE 2 – TRANSVERSE LOADING ON BEAMS, SHEAR FORCE AND BENDING MOMENT (9L)

Types of Beams, Transverse loading on beams shear force and bending moment in beams – cantilever,

simply supported, overhanging beam subjected to concentrated load and UDL – maximum bending

moment and point of contra flexure. Theory of simple bending and assumption - applications– leaf

spring

MODULE 3 – TORSION, SPRINGS AND COLUMNS (9L)

Theory of torsion and assumption – Torsion of circular shafts, solid & hollow – strain energy in torsion.

Power transmission, strength and stiffness of shafts. Types of springs, stiffness stresses and deflection

in helical spring and leaf spring. Columns – Buckling and stiffness due to axial loads – Euler, Rankin and

Empirical formulae for columns with different conditions.

MODULE 4 – FLUID FLOW CONCEPTS AND BASIC EQUATIONS (9L)

Flow characteristics, concepts of system and control volume – continuity equation – Application of

control volume to continuity – Energy Equation – Euler’s Equation – Bernoulli equation and Momentum

Equation –simple problems.

MODULE 5 – DIMENSIONAL ANALYSIS AND FLOW THROUGH CIRCULAR CONDUITS (9L)

Dimension and units, Buckingham π theorem. Discussions on dimensionless parameters – applications.

Fluid flow – Laminar and Turblent flow through circular tubes. Darcy Equation on pipe roughness –

Friction factor –Moody diagram, Minor loss.

FIELD WORK

Study of springs in suspension systems.

Page 100: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

99

TEXT BOOKS

1. Ramamurtham .S and Narayanan .R. Strength of material, Dhanpat Rai Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,

2001.

2. Bansal. R.K. Strength of Material, Lakshmi publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2004

3. Kumar .K.L., Engineering Fluid Mechanics, Eurasla publishers Home Ltd., New Delhi, 2006

4. Bansal .R.K Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines Laxmi publications (P) Ltd., New Delhi,

2014

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Popov.E.P., Mechanics of Materials, Prentice Hall, 1982.

2. Timoshenko .S.P and Gere M.J., Mechanics of Materials, C.B.S. publishers, 1986

3. Srinath L.N. Advanced Mechanics of Solids Tata McGraw Hill Ltd., New Delhi, 2008

4. Ramamurthan .S. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulics Dhanpat Rai and Sons, Delhi, 1988.

5. Ferdinand P. Beer and Russell Johnston. E Mechanics of Materials SI metric Edition McGraw

Hill, 2005

E BOOKS

1

https://books.google.co.in/books?id=_1IvBQAAQBAJ&printsec=frontcover&dq=electrical+mac

hines+and+drives&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwifnsGV-

u_ZAhXHMo8KHaWnDzkQ6AEIJjAA#v=onepage&q=electrical%20machines%20and%20drives&f

=false

2

https://books.google.co.in/books?id=X5TOBQAAQBAJ&printsec=frontcover&dq=electrical+ma

chines+and+drives&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwifnsGV-

u_ZAhXHMo8KHaWnDzkQ6AEIKzAB#v=onepage&q=electrical%20machines%20and%20drives

&f=false

MOOC

1.https://www.coursera.org/learn/fluid-solid-interaction

2.https://www.iitk.ac.in/me/activities/online-courses

Page 101: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

100

COURSE TITLE STATISTICS & DATA ANALYTICS CREDITS 4

COURSE CODE MHB4220 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 3-0-2-0

CIA 50% ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-4(ANALYSE)

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1 Find a meaningful pattern in data 1,4,2

2 Graphically interpret data 1,4,2,5,10

3 Implement the analytic algorithms 1,3,5

4 Handle large scale analytics projects from various domains 1,2,5,9

5 Develop intelligent decision support systems 1,4,2,3,5,9

Prerequisites : nil

MODULE 1 – INTRODUCTION (9T+6L)

Definition – importance – scope – Population and sample - Elements, Variables, and Data

categorization

MODULE 2 – DESCRIPTIVE STATISTICS (9T+6L)

Levels of Measurement -Data management and indexing –Graphical approaches – Measures of central

Tendency – Measures of dispersion – Skewness - Kurtosis

MODULE 3 – INFERNTIAL STATISTICS (9T+6L)

Two Sample Tests - Type 1 and Type 2 Errors – Chi square tests – t Test - ANOVA and Test of

Independence – Correlation analysis – Maximum likelihood test

MODULE 4 – DATA ANALYSIS TECHNIQUES (9T+6L)

Regression analysis - Classification techniques: supervised – unsupervised - clustering

MODULE 5 – CASE STUDIES (9T+6L)

Case studies in Sampling, Statistical measures, Design of expriments, ANOVA, Correlation, Regression

and classification

TEXT BOOKS

1. Roxy Peck, Chris Olsen, Jay L. Devore, Introduction to statistics & Data Analysis, Fifth Edition,

Cengage Learning, 2016

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Totsten Hothorn, A Handbook of Stattistical Analyses using R, Third edition, CRC press, 2014

2. Clemens Reimann, Peter Filzmoser, Statistical Data Analysis Explained, Wiley publications,

2007

E BOOKS

1. http://www.stat.wmich.edu/s160/hcopy/book.pdf

2. https://advanceddataanalytics.net/ebooks/

3. http://www.statsref.com/StatsRefSample.pdf

MOOC

1.https://www.coursera.org/browse/data-science/data-analysis?languages=en

Page 102: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

101

COURSE TITLE ELECTRICAL MACHINES AND DRIVES LAB CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE MHB4242 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 0-0-2-0

CIA 60 % ESE 40%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1 Understand the operation of DC machines and Transformers. 1,4,2,9,10,12

2 Analyze the performance under varying load conditions on DC

motors.

1,4,2,9,10,12

3 Analyze the performance under varying load conditions on AC motors 1,4,2,9,10,12

4 Analyze the performance under varying load conditions on Stepper motors. 1,4,2,9,10,12

5 Understanding the speed control of various motors. 1,4,2,9,10,12

Prerequisites : nil

MODULE 1 – EXPERIMENTS ON ELECTRICAL MACHINES (30P)

1. Performance characteristics of single phase transformer.

2. Load test on D.C. shunt motor.

3. Swinburne’s test

4. Load test on three phase induction motor.

5. No load and blocked rotor tests on three-phase induction motor.

6. Load test on single phase induction motor.

7. No load and blocked rotor tests on single phase induction motor.

8. Load test on Synchronous motors

9. Performance characteristics of Stepper motors.

10. Speed control of D.C. shunt motor

MATLAB ASSIGNMENTS

1. Model a transformer using fundamental magnetic library blocks

2. Nonlinear Transformer Characteristics

3. Three-Phase Core-Type Transformer

4. operation of a forward converter.

5. Single-Phase Asynchronous Machine - Voltage Control of Auxiliary Winding

6. implementation of a nonlinear inductor

7. Variable Reluctance Actuator

8. Custom Inductor (B-H Curve)

9. Solenoid with Magnetic Blocks

Parameterize a Permanent Magnet Synchronous Motor

Virtual Labs

1. http://103.37.201.114/

2. http://em-coep.vlabs.ac.in/

Page 103: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

102

COURSE TITLE SOLID AND FLUID MECHANICS LAB CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE MHB4243 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 0-0-3-0

CIA 60 % ESE 40%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1 Familiarize mechanical testing. 1,4,2

2 Understanding on strength and stiffness. 1,4,2

3 Determine strength of materials under externally applied loads. 1,4,3,2,9

4 Perform flow measurements and losses in pipes. 1,4,3,2,9

5 Gain knowledge in characteristic study of pumps, turbines etc., 1,4,2,9

Prerequisites : nil

MODULE 1 – SOLID MECHANICS (22P)

1. Tension test on a mild steel rod 2. Double shear test on Mild steel and Aluminium rods 3. Torsion test on mild steel rod 4. Impact test on metal specimen 5. Hardness test on metals - Brinnell and Rockwell Hardness Number 6. Deflection test on beams 7. Compression test on helical springs 8. Strain Measurement using Rosette strain gauge 9. Performance characteristics of Stepper motors.

MODULE 2 – FLUID MECHANICS (23P)

1. Determination of the Coefficient of discharge of given Orifice meter. 2. Determination of the Coefficient of discharge of given Venturi meter. 3. Calculation of the rate of flow using Rota meter. 4. Determination of friction factor for a given set of pipes. 5. Conducting experiments and drawing the characteristic curves of centrifugal pump/

submergible pump 6. Conducting experiments and drawing the characteristics curves of Francis turbine. 7. Conducting experiments and drawing the characteristic curves of Kaplan turbine

MATLAB ASSIGNMENTS

1. Detect Abrupt System Changes Using Identification Techniques

2. Single-Acting Cylinder with 3-Way Valve

3. Pump with Pressure-Reducing Valve and Two Loads

4. Hydraulic Flapper-Nozzle Amplifier

5. Flow Divider Test Rig

6. Segmented Pipeline Test Rig

Virtual Labs

1. http://mech01-iitg.virtual-labs.ac.in/

2. http://fm-nitk.vlabs.ac.in/

Page 104: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

103

COURSE TITLE DESIGN PROJECT II CREDITS 1

COURSE CODE MHB4244 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 0 0 2 0

CIA 80% ESE 20%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL- 4

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

Upon successful completion of this course the student should be able to

1 To design and fabricate a a system using the knowledge acquired in the

previous semesters

1,4,2,5,9,8,

6,7,11,12

2 Able to prepare technical drawing, technical report and technical presentation

skill.

1,4,2,5,9,8,

6,7,11,12

NOTE

1

The students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members have to identify a product for

design and fabrication. Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty

of the institution.

2 To develop a mechatronic system with emphasis on electrical drives (Actuator) for different

applications/Systems.

3

The students are required to design and fabricate the chosen system and demonstrate

its working apart from submitting the project report. The report should contain assembly

drawing, parts drawings, process charts relating to fabrication.

.

ASSESSMENT (%)

1 Continuous Assessment - 80

2 Viva-voce - 20

3 Total - 100

Page 105: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

104

SEMESTER - V

COURSE TITLE METROLOGY AND MEASUREMENT CREDITS 4

COURSE CODE MHB4301 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 3-0-2-0

CIA 50% ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1 Able to use precision measurement instruments found in a

workshop (metrology) 1,4,2

2 Able to examine the design critically and to understand the use of

precision measuring instruments commonly found in various

applications.

1,4,2,5,10

3 Able to select the right measuring tool with decided accuracy for a given

application 1,4,2,5,10

4 Understand the importance of accuracy and its effects on results and its

uncertainty 1,2,5,9

Prerequisites : nil

MODULE 1 – CONCEPT OF MEASUREMENT (9L)

General concept–Generalized measurement system-Units and standards-measuring instruments-

sensitivity, readability, range of accuracy, precision-static and dynamic response- repeatability-

systematic and random errors-correction, calibration, interchange ability.

Self-Study: Errors in measurement

MODULE 2 – LINEAR AND ANGULAR MEASUREMENT (9L)

Definition of Metrology - Linear measuring instruments: Vernier, Micrometer, internal Measurement,

Slip gauges and classification, Interferometer, optical flats, limit gauges. Comparators: Mechanical,

pneumatic and electrical types, applications. Angular measurements: Sine bar, optical bevel

protractor, angle Decker – Taper Measurements.

Self-Study: Classification of instruments

MODULE 3 – FORM MEASUREMENT (9L)

Measurement of screw threads-Thread gauges, floating carriage micrometer-measurement of gear-

tooth thickness-constant chord and base tangent method-Gleason gear testing machine – radius

measurements-surface finish, straightness, flatness and roundness measurements.

Self-Study: Terminologies in roughness measurement

MODULE 4 – LASER AND ADVANCES IN METROLOGY (9L)

Precision instruments based on laser-Principles- Laser Interferometer-application in linear, angular

measurements and machine tool metrology Coordinate measuring machine (CMM)- Constructional

features – types, applications – digital devices- computer aided inspection.

Self-Study: Fundamentals of Laser technology

Page 106: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

105

MODULE 5 – MEASUREMENT OF POWER, FLOW AND TEMPERATURE RELATED PROPERTIES (9L)

Force, Torque, Power - Mechanical, Pneumatic, Hydraulic and Electrical type. Flow measurement:-

Venturi, Orifice, Rotameter, Pitot tube. Temperature:-Bimetallic strip, Thermometers, Thermocouples,

Electrical resistance Thermister.

Self-Study: Non-contact type temperature measurements

TEXT BOOKS

1. Jain R.K., Engineering Metrology, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi.2008

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Alan S. Morris, The Essence of Measurement, Prentice Hall of India, 1997

2. Gupta S.C, Engineering Metrology, Dhanpatrai Publications, 1994

3. JayalA.K, Instrumentation and Mechanical Measurements, Galgotia Publications 2000

4. BeckwithT.G, and N. Lewis Buck, Mechanical Measurements, AddisonWesley, 2009

5. Donald D Eckman, Industrial Instrumentation, Wiley Eastern,New Delhi, 2004

E BOOKS

1 http://nptel.ac.in/reviewed_pdfs/112106138/lec1.pdf

2 http://m.bookfi.net/book/750569

MOOC

1 .https://www.coursera.org/learn/fluid-solid-interaction

COURSE TITLE CONTROL SYSTEMS CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE MHB4304 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 2-0-2-2

CIA 50% ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. Be able to describe various input/output models of dynamic system. 1,4,2

2. Be familiar with frequency domain descriptions and dynamic analysis. 1,4,3

3. Understand the concept of stability and sensitivity. 1,4,3,2

4. Ability to apply the basic methods of classical control system design. 1,4,2

5. Ability to apply the principles of control theory. 1,4,2

Prerequisites : nil

MODULE 1 SYSTEMS AND THEIR REPRESENTATION (9L)

Basic elements in control systems – open and closed loop systems Examples – Mathematical model,

Translational & Rotational systems – transfer function – block diagram reduction techniques – signal

flow graph.

MODULE 2 – TIME RESPONSE (9L)

Time response – time domain specifications – types of test inputs – I and II order system response –

error coefficients – generalized error series – steady state error – P, PI, PD, PID Controller

characteristics.

Page 107: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

106

MODULE 3 – FREQUENCY RESPONSE ANALYSIS AND DESIGN (9L)

Introduction to Performance specifications – correlation to time domain specifications – Bode plots

and polar plots – gain and phase margin – constant M and N circles and Nichols chart – all pass and

non-minimum phase systems.

MODULE 4 – STABILITY OF CONTROL SYSTEMS (9L)

Characteristic equation – location of roots in s-plane for stability – Routh Hurwitz criterion – root locus

techniques – construction – gain margin and phase margin – Nyquist stability criterion.

MODULE 5 COMPENSATION DESIGN (9L)

Design concepts – realization of basis compensation – cascade compensation in time domain and

frequency domain (simple MATLAB applications to analysis and compensators design problems.)

LAB

MATLAB program for:

1. Solving transfer function of Mass, Damper and Spring Systems.

2. PID controller.

3. Bode & Nichols plot.

4. Design of Lead-Lag Compensator.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Katsuhiko Ogata, Modern Control Engineering, 4th Edition, Pearson Education 2002 (ISBN 81-

7808-579-8)

2. Gopal M.Control System Principles and Design, Tata McGraw-Hill, 1998

3. Chesmond C.J. Basic Control System Technology, Viva Low Priced Student Edition, 1998.

4. Datton K., Banaclough W. and Thompson S., The Art of Control Engineering, Addison Wesley

2000

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Dorf R.C. and Bishop R.H., Modern Control systems, Addison – Wesley, 1995 (MATLAB

reference)

2. Leonard N.E. and William Levine, Using MATLAB to Analyze and Design Control Systems,

Addision Wesley, 1995.

E BOOKS

1

https://books.google.co.in/books?id=VSlHxALK6OoC&printsec=frontcover&dq=control+syste

ms&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwjNqayi_e_ZAhUETY8KHYxOCvIQ6AEIQzAF#v=onepage&q=cont

rol%20systems&f=false

2

https://books.google.co.in/books?id=77aBY6NCIqAC&printsec=frontcover&dq=control+syste

ms&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwjNqayi_e_ZAhUETY8KHYxOCvIQ6AEIVTAI#v=onepage&q=contr

ol%20systems&f=false

MOOC

1. https://www.edx.org/course/introduction-control-system-design-first-mitx-6-302-0x

2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_ee12/preview

Page 108: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

107

COURSE TITLE HYDRAULICS & PNEUMATICS CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE MHB4305 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 3-0-0-1

CIA 50% ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. Able to understand fluid power systems 1,4,3,8,6,7,11,12

2. Gain knowledge on pumps and compressors 1,4,2,3,5,9,8,6,7,11,12

3. Exhibit the knowledge on selection of components of fluid

power systems 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

4. Able to design pneumatic and hydraulic circuits 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

5. Able to operate LCA and FMS 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

Prerequisites : nil

MODULE 1- INTRODUCTION TO FLUID POWER (9L)

Introduction to fluid power, Advantages of fluid power, Application of fluid power system. Types of

fluid power systems, Compressibility and incompressibility of fluids–Stagnation states, Mach waves

and Mach cone – Effect of Mach number on compressibility – Isentropic flow through variable ducts –

Nozzle and Diffusers. Ideal Gas equations - Applications of Pascal‘s Law – Laminar and Turbulent flow–

Reynolds number – Darcy‘s equation – Losses in fluid power system.

MODULE 2 – SOURCE OF FLUID POWER (9L)

Basics of Hydraulics –Properties of hydraulic fluids –Sources of Hydraulic Power-Pump classifications –

Construction and working of Pumps – Pump performance – comparison of pumps. An overview of

Basic hydraulic system. Basics of Pneumatics - Properties of compressed air- Sources of Pneumatic

Power- Types of compressor-Construction and working of compressor - Performance of compressor -

An overview of Basic pneumatic system- Comparison of pump and compressor – Need for compressed

air conditioning – pneumatic dryer – Filter, regulator and lubricator – fluid power accumulators –

purpose and types . Distribution of Fluid power and safety measures.

MODULE 3 – COMPONENTS OF HYDRAULIC AND PNEUMATIC SYSTEMS (9L)

Fluid power actuators - selection of actuators – pneumatic and hydraulic actuators – types and ISO

symbols – linear and rotary . Construction and working of double acting cylinder – special actuators –

rodless, tandem, impact, duplex and telescopic cylinders. – types ofactuating mechanism. sensors –

limit switches , reed switches and pressure switches

Cushioning mechanism in pneumatic and hydraulic cylinders . Control valves – types of valves .

Construction and working of control valves - 3/2 , 4/2 , 5/3 and 4/3 Direction control valve, flow control

valve, classification and working of pressure control valves ,sequencing and relief valve.

MODULE 4 DESIGN OF HYDRAULIC AND PNEUMATIC CIRCUITS (9L)

Design of simple hydraulic and pneumatic circuits-Speed and force calculation of linear actuator.

Design considerations of pneumatic and hydraulic circuits . meter in, meter out and counter balancing

circuits. Design of multi cylinder pneumatic and hydraulic sequencing circuit . Fluidics–Introduction to

fluidic devices, simple circuits . Design of simple Electro pneumatic and Electro hydraulic circuits

Page 109: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

108

.Design of Multi cylinder electro pneumatic and electro hydraulic circuits – ladder diagram. conflict

signals – identification of conflict signal . Cascading method – step counter method , Karnaugh-Veitch

method and combinational circuit design.

MODULE 5 SERVO MECHANISM AND FLEXIBLE MANUFACTURING SYSTEM (9L)

Servo systems – Hydro Mechanical servo systems, Electro hydraulic servo systems and proportional

valves. Pneumatic PID circuits. PLC applications in fluid power control, ladder diagrams, Timers and

counters .Low Cost Automation using pneumatics and Flexible manufacturing system. Fluid power

circuits; failure and troubleshooting

FIELD WORK

Case study on applications using

1. PLC

2. FMS

3. Servo system.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Anthony Esposito, Fluid Power with application, Prentice Hall, 2013.

2. MajumdarS.R.,Oil Hydraulics,Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi 2009

3. Anderson, J.D., "Modern Compressible flow", 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill, 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. A text book of Basic Pneumatics, SMC Pneumatics, 2012.

2. A text book of Electro Pneumatics, SMC Pneumatics, 2012.

3. Harry Stevart D.B,Practical guide to fluid power, Taraoealasons and Port Ltd. Broadey,1976.

4. Michael J, Prinches and Ashby J. G, Power Hydraulics, Prentice Hall, 1989.

E BOOKS

1

https://books.google.co.in/books?id=Ws_8BAAAQBAJ&printsec=frontcover&dq=hydraulics+an

d+pneumatics&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwi40qWJx_DZAhVJQ48KHRJIDLAQ6AEIJjAA#v=onepa

ge&q=hydraulics%20and%20pneumatics&f=false

2 https://books.google.co.in/books?id=JKP3LwEACAAJ&dq=hydraulics+and+pneumatics&hl=en

&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwi40qWJx_DZAhVJQ48KHRJIDLAQ6AEIMjAC

MOOC

1. https://www.coursera.org/learn/fluid-power

2. https://www.edx.org/school/mitx?gclid=EAIaIQobChMIv53bncfw2QIVihmPCh04cw0oEAAYAiA

AEgLSYfD_BwE

Page 110: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

109

COURSE TITLE BUSINESS ECONOMICS CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE GEA4304 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 3-0-0-0

CIA 50% ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-1&2

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. Demonstrate an understanding the introduction of economics 1,4,2

2. Demonstrating to know knowledge about cost analysis 5,9,10

3. Able to build knowledge about consumer’s and producer’s behavior 2,3,9,10

4. Enabling to know about budget 1,4,2

5. Educate about financial services 1,4,2

Prerequisites : Basic Economics

MODULE 1- INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS

Introduction to Economics- Flow in an economy, Law of supply and demand, Concept of Engineering Economics – Engineering efficiency, Economic efficiency, Scope of engineering economics

MODULE 2 – COST ANALYSIS

Types of Cost, Element of costs, Marginal cost, Marginal Revenue, Sunk cost, Opportunity cost, Break-even analysis, Economies of Scale Cost Classification

MODULE 3 CONSUMER’S AND PRODUCER’S BEHAVIOUR

Consumer Behavior: Law of Diminishing Marginal utility – Equi marginal Utility – Consumer’s Equilibrium - Indifference Curve – Production: Law of Variable Proportion – Laws of Returns to Scale – Producer‘s equilibrium – Economies of Scale Cost Classification

MODULE 4 -BUDGET

Process of budgeting in India –classification of budgets trends – evaluation systems – types of deficits – fiscal policy – indicators –– taxation – centre, state and local – public debt and management.

MODULE – 5: FINANCE

Basics of finance and financial environment – instruments of financial markets – financial intermediation – investment banking and brokerage services – securities – types of securities – market for securities – how and where traded – initial public offering (IPO) – secondary markets – trading on exchanges and trading with margins.

TEXT BOOKS

1. S.Shankaran, Business Economics - Margham Publications.

2. H.L. Ahuja, Business Economics – Micro & Macro - Sultan Chand & Sons - New Delhi – 55.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. S.A.Ross, R.W.Westerfield, J.Jaffe and Roberts: Corporate Finance, McGraw-Hill.

2. Joseph E Stiglitz: Economics of the Public Sector.

ONLINE SOURCES

1 https://sites.google.com/site/readbookpdf7734/pdf-download-business-economics-by---mark-taylor-read-online

2 https://bookboon.com/en/economics-ebooks

Page 111: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

110

COURSE TITLE HYDRAULICS AND PNEUMATICS LAB CREDITS 1

COURSE CODE MHB4334 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 0-0-2-0

CIA 60 % ESE 40%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3 ( APPLY)

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. Able to understand fluid power systems 1,4,2

2. Gain knowledge on pumps and compressors 1,4,2

3. Exhibit the knowledge on selection of components of fluid power systems 1,4,2,3

4. Able to design pneumatic and hydraulic circuits 1,4,2,3,9

5. Able to operate LCA and FMS 1,4,2,3,9,10

Prerequisites : nil

MODULE 1 HYDRAULICS & PNEUMATICS (30P)

1. Flow rate through the orifice

2. Simulation and modeling of flow, pressure and temperature of fluid power system

(Loops – Recursion using shift registers,local and global variable strings and file I/O- string

manipulations , read and write text in file and search string in file arrays- matrix translation ,

transformation and rotation )

3. Simulation of the performance of the compressor

4. Simulation of the performance of the pump

5. Simulation using the Application of pressure sequencing valve

6. Simulation using the Applications of special actuators

7. Simulation of sequencing of multi cylinder pneumatic and hydraulic circuits

8. Design and execution of sequencing of multi cylinder electro pneumatic and electro hydraulic

circuits

VIRTUAL LABS - LAB

1. http://mech01-iitg.virtual-labs.ac.in/

2. https://eerc03-iiith.vlabs.ac.in/

Page 112: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

111

COURSE TITLE VIRTUAL INSTRUMENTATION LAB CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE MHB4335 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 0-1-3-2

CIA 60 % ESE 40%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1 Understand the basics of the Virtual instrumentation 1,2,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

2 Understand the architecture of LabVIEW 1,2,3,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

3 Develop programs in LabVIEW 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

4 Perform data acquisition using LabVIEW 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

5 Apply LabVIEW for various applications 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

Prerequisites : nil

MODULE 1-TUTORIAL (15P)

Basics and architecture of Virtual Instrumentation

MODULE 2 – LabVIEW PROGRAMMING (45P)

1. LabVIEW simple program (Temperature conversion, calculator) 2. LabVIEW programming

(Loops – Recursion using shift registers,local and global variable strings and file I/O- string manipulations , read and write text in file and search string in file arrays- matrix translation , transformation and rotation )

3. Simulate sine signal and display in time & frequency domain 4. Design LPF, HPF, BPF using LabVIEW 5. Math script interface in LabVIEW using Math script node 6. LabVIEW program to acquire and to generate signal using virtual DAQ 7. Data acquisition from different sensors like temperature, strain, Vibration etc 8. Acquire ECG signal using NI DAQ & display in LabVIEW 9. Perform GPIB port communication 10. Perform Image processing algorithms using VISION toolkit 11. Develop a DC motor control using NI hardware and software 12. Labview program to count and to display encoder signal 13. Design of PID Controller using LabVIEW 14. Real time sequential control of any batch process.

MATLAB ASSIGNMENTS

1. Virtual Control Panel 2. Real-Time Van der Pol Simulation 3. Water Tank Model with Dashboard 4. Real-Time Filter 5. Frequency Measurement 6. Signal Tracing With a Target Scope 7. Data Logging With a File Scope 8. Spectrum Analyzer

Virtual Labs

1. http://iitg.vlab.co.in/?sub=61&brch=174

2. http://202.3.77.143/virtuallab/

Page 113: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

112

COURSE TITLE DESIGN PROJECT III CREDITS 1

COURSE CODE MHB4336 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 0 0 2 0

CIA 80% ESE 20%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-6

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

Upon successful completion of this course the student should be able to

1 To design and fabricate a system using the knowledge acquired in the previous

semesters

1,4,2,5,8,6,

7,11,12

2 Able to prepare technical drawing, technical report and technical presentation

skill.

1,4,2,5,8,6,

7,11,12

NOTE

1 The students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members have to identify a product for

design and fabrication. Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty

of the institution.

2 To develop a mechatronic system with emphasis on sensing and measuring variables such as

temperature, pressure, liquid level, force etc.,

3 The students are required to design and fabricate the chosen item and demonstrate its

working apart from submitting the project report. The report should contain assembly

drawing, parts drawings, process charts, programming, simulation relating to the project.

ASSESSMENT (%)

1 Continuous Assessment - 80

2 Viva-voce - 20

3 Total - 100

Page 114: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

113

SEMESTER – VI

COURSE TITLE SENSORS & MOTION CONTROL CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE MHB4321 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 3-0-0-2

CIA 50 % ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-5 ( EVALUATE)

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1 Understand and gain knowledge about sensors 1,4,2,9,10,8,6,7,11,12

2 Able to select sensors for various applications 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

3 Gain knowledge in motion control techniques 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

4 Appreciate the interdisciplinary aspects 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

Prerequisites : nil

MODULE 1- INTRODUCTION TO SENSORS (8L)

Classification of transducers, sensor characteristics, calibration.

MODULE 2 – SENSORS FOR FORCE, PRESSURE & STRAIN APPLICATIONS (9L)

Types, characteristics, measurement techniques and applications – Force, Pressure and Strain Sensors.

MODULE 3 – SENSORS FOR POSITION, VELOCITY & TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS (9L)

Types, characteristics, measurement techniques and applications – Position, Velocity & Temperature

Sensors.

MODULE 4 – MOTION CONTROL (10L)

Sensors for motion control, Pulse Width Modulation for DC motors, Servo Systems – Velocity &

Position control

MODULE 5 – APPLICATIONS (9L)

Case Study – Industrial sensor data acquisition and motion control systems

VIRTUAL LABS LAB / MINI PROJECT / FIELD WORK (30P)

3. Study of sensor and its selection for industrial and mobile robots

4. Study of sensor and its selection for automotive applications

5. Study of sensor and its selection for building health monitoring

TEXT BOOKS

1. Hakan Gurocak, “Industrial Motion Control”, Wiley, 2016

2. W Bolton, Mechatronics, Pearson Education, Fourth Edition, 2011.

3. David G. Alciatore & Michael B Histand., Introduction to Mechatronics and Measurement

systems, Tata McGraw Hill, 2003.

4. H.K.P Neubert “Instrument Transducers Oxford Herman University Press Eighth Impression

2008.

5. H S Kalsi, “Electronic Instrumentation”, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited, 2010

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Woo-Kyung Choi, Hong-Tae Jeon, Seong-Joo Kim, “Multiple Sensor Fusion and Motion

Control of Snake Robot Based on Soft-Computing”, INTECH Open Access Publisher, 2007

Page 115: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

114

2. Dan Nesculescu, Mechatronics, Pearson Education Pvt. Ltd, 2002.

3. C. R. Venkataramana, Mechatronics, Sapna Book house, Bangalore, 2001.

E-BOOKS

1. https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-1-4302-6014-1

2. http://www.springer.com/in/book/9781848000209

MOOC

1. https://www.edx.org/course/iot-sensors-devices-curtinx-iot2x

2. https://www.edx.org/course/introduction-control-system-design-first-mitx-6-302-0x

COURSE TITLE DESIGN OF MECHATRONICS SYSTEM CREDITS 4

COURSE CODE MHB4322 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 3-0-2-3

CIA 50 % ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-5 ( EVALUATE)

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1 Able to understand mechatronics system 1,4,2,9,10,8,6,7,11,12

2 Understand and apply system interfacing and data acquisition 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

3 Understand fundamentals of system modelling 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

4 Understand and infer from various case studies of mechatronics

system

1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

Prerequisites : nil

MODULE 1– INTRODUCTION (10L)

Introduction to Mechatronics system – Key elements – Mechatronics Design process – Types of Design

MODULE 2 – INTERFACING AND DATA ACQUISITION (10L)

Sensor selection, Real-time interfacing – Introduction - Elements of data acquisition and control and

Frequency Domain- Applications.

MODULE 3 – SYSTEM MODELLING (8L)

Basic building blocks of system modelling. Modelling of mechanical system- Modelling of mechanical

and electrical systems - Simple exercises in linear, rotary motions.

MODULE 4 – ALGORITHMS FOR ADVANCED CONTROL (9L)

Advanced applications in Mechatronics: Mechatronic Control in Automated Manufacturing – Artificial

intelligence in Mechatronics – Fuzzy Logic Applications in Mechatronics

MODULE 5 – DESIGN - CASE STUDIES (8L)

Measurement Systems, Feedback control, Advanced Control using Fuzzy Logic

VIRTUAL LABS LAB / MINI PROJECT / FIELD WORK (30P)

1. Study of wind shield smart wiper.

2. Mini project: Develop a feedback control for a mechatronic application

Page 116: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

115

TEXT BOOKS

1. W Bolton, Mechatronics: Electronic Control Systems in Mechanical and Electrical Engineering,

Pearson Education ,6th Edition,, 2015.

2. D. Shetty & R. Kolk, Mechatronics System Design, PWS Publishers., 2012

3. David G. Alciatore & Michael B Histand., Introduction to Mechatronics and Measurement

systems, Tata McGraw Hill, 2003.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Mechatronics – HMT, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd, 1998.

2. Dan Nesculescu, Mechatronics, Pearson Education Pvt. Ltd, 2002.

E-BOOKS

1. http://www.springer.com/in/book/9783642175305

2. http://controlmanuals.com/files/Automation/Mechatronics-p1.html

MOOC

1. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/mechanical-engineering/2-737-mechatronics-fall-014/index.htm

2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_me31/preview

COURSE TITLE CNC TECHNOLOGY CREDITS 4

COURSE CODE MHB4323 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 3-0-2-3

CIA 50 % ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3 (APPLY))

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1 Learn the fundamentals of measurements and CNC machines 2,3,4

2 Understand the constructional features of CNC machines and retrofitting.

2,3,5,9,10,6,7,12

3 Learn the concepts of control systems, feedback devices and tooling. 4,2,3,5,9,10,8,6,7,12

4 Understand the CNC part programming 4,2,3,5,9,10,8,6,7,12

5 Learn about the economics and maintenance of CNC machines. 8,6,7,11,12

Prerequisites : nil

MODULE 1 – FUNDAMENTALS OF MECHANICAL MEASUREMENTS AND CNC MACHINES (9L)

Introduction to Computer Numerical Control: CNC Systems – An Overview of Fundamental aspects of

machine control, Different types of CNC machines – Advantages and disadvantages of CNC machines.

MODULE 2 – CONSTRUCTIONAL FEATURES OF CNC MACHINES & RETROFITTING (9L)

Features of CNC Machines: Structure, Drive Mechanism, gearbox, Main drive, feed drive, Spindle

Motors, Axes motors. Timing belts and pulleys, Spindle bearing – Arrangement and installation, Slide

ways, Re-circulating ball screws – Backlash measurement and compensation, linear motion guide ways.

Tool magazines, ATC, APC, Chip conveyors, Retro-fitting of Conventional Machine Tools: Modification

to be carried out on conventional machines for retrofitting.

Page 117: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

116

MODULE 3 – CONTROL SYSTEMS, FEED BACK DEVICES AND TOOLING (9L)

Description of a simple CNC control system, Interpolation systems, Features available in a CNC system

– introduction to widely used CNC control systems. Types of measuring systems in CNC machines –

Incremental and absolute rotary encoders, linear scale – resolver – Linear inductosyn – Magnetic

Sensors for Spindle Orientation, Qualified and pre-set tooling – Principles of location – Principles of

clamping – Work holding devices.

MODULE 4 – CNC PART PROGRAMMING (9L)

Part Program Terminology - G and M Codes – Types of interpolation Methods of CNC part programming

– Manual part programming – Computer Assisted part programming – APT language – CNC part

programming using CAD/CAM-Introduction to Computer Automated Part Programming.

MODULE 5 – ECONOMICS AND MAINTENANCE (9L)

Factors influencing selection of CNC Machines – Cost of operation of CNC Machines – Practical aspects

of introducing CNC machines in industries – Maintenance features of CNC Machines – Preventive

Maintenance, Other maintenance requirements.

LAB (30L)

1. Demonstration on mechanical measurements, measurement of cutting tool parameters, gear measurement

2. Work setting and tool setting using tool holders, Setting the CNC machine and setting work reference

3. CNC coordinate systems 4. Manual and computer assisted part programming for linear interpolation and circular

interpolation for milling machine operations and turning machine operations. 5. Programming for turning cycles and milling cycles

TEXT BOOKS

1. Mike Mattson, CNC Programming, Thomson Learning, 2003.

2. Radhakrishnan P, Computer Numerical Control Machines, New Central Book Agency, 2008.

3. Berry Leatham–Jones, Computer Numerical Control, Pitman, London, 2006.

4. Hans B.Kief And T.Frederick Waters, Computer Numerical Control, Macmillan/McGrawHill, 1998.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Yoreur Koren, Computer Control of Manufacturing Systems, Pitman, London, 2008.

2. Groover, M.P., Automation, Production Systems and Computer Integrated Manufacturing, Prentice Hall, 1998.

E-BOOKS

1. https://books.google.co.in/books?id=5BDPlAEACAAJ&dq=cnc+technology&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwiDkdHNzvDZAhVLqI8KHSv0B1QQ6AEIJjAA

2. https://books.google.co.in/books?id=p9lSAAAAMAAJ&q=cnc+technology&dq=cnc+technology&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwiDkdHNzvDZAhVLqI8KHSv0B1QQ6AEIQTAF

MOOC

1. http://www.toolingu.com/department/300

2. https://study.com/articles/Online_CNC_Programming_Classes_and_Courses_Overview.html

Page 118: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

117

COURSE TITLE INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE MHB4324 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 3-0-0-3

CIA 50 % ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3 (APPLY))

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. Understand the basics of semiconductor devices and its applications. 1,4,2,10,8,11,12

2. Understand and design operational amplifier circuits. 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,

11,12

3. Understand the digital systems, protocols and programming of

8085 in assembly language

1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,10,11,12

4. Analyse the dynamic and switching characteristics of power

semiconductor devices

1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,10,11,12

5. Analyse the inverters and converters for DC and AC 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,10,11,

12

Prerequisites : nil

MODULE 1 – SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES AND APPLICATIONS (9L)

Semiconductor materials- intrinsic and extrinsic types, Ideal Diode, PN junction diode, Zener diode and

applications, Rectifier Circuits, Clipping and Clamping circuits, Bipolar Junction Transistors (BJTs)-

Physical structure and operation modes, Active region operation of transistor, Transistor as an

amplifier, Transistor as a switch: cut-off and saturation modes, Basic BJT amplifier configuration:

common emitter, common base and common collector amplifiers.

MODULE 2 – OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER AND ITS APPLICATIONS (9L)

Basic information on Op-Amps-Ideal operational amplifier- General operational amplifier stags and

internal block diagram of IC 741-Characteristics-open and closed loop configurations, Practical op amp

circuits- inverting amplifier, non -inverting amplifier, weighted summer, integrator, differentiator.

Other applications of op-amps: instrumentation amplifier, active filters,Schmitt triggers, comparators.

MODULE 3 – DIGITAL SYSTEMS AND MICROPROCESSORS (9L)

DACs and ADCs, memory devices (SRAM, DRAM, Flash, PLD's, ROM), microcomputer, microprocessor

architecture (8085), digital communication standards.

MODULE 4 – POWER SEMI-CONDUCTOR DEVICES (9L)

Study of switching devices, - Power Diodes, Power transistors, Power MOSFET, DIAC TRIAC, IGBT - static

characteristics and principle of operation, SCRs: Static and dynamic characteristics – two transistor

analogy – gate characteristics.

MODULE 5 – INVERTERS & CONVERTERS (9L)

Single phase and three phase inverters, Choppers: Basic principle – Classification, Basic Principle of

Cycloconverters (schematic diagrams and wave forms only) Single phase AC voltage controllers

(Analysis not required)

LAB / FIELD WORK

1. PN junction diode, Zener Diode 2. Practical op amp circuits 3. Applications of Op amp

Page 119: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

118

4. 8085 programming 5. Study of BJT, FET, SCR & IGBT characteristics

TEXT BOOKS

1. Ramakant. A. Geakwad, Linear integrated circuits, 3rd edition, Prentice – Hall of India, New Delhi, 2001

2. Microprocessor Architecture, Programming & Applications with 8085 4th edition Ramesh Gaonkar, 2009.

3. P.S.Bimbra “Power Electronics” Khanna Publishers, third Edition 2003.

4. Milman and Halkias, Integrated Electronics, Tata McGraw-Hill publishers, 2001

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Reshid, M.H., Power Electronics – Circuits Devices and Application, Prentice Hall International, New Delhi, 3rd Edition, 2011.

2. Philip T.Krein, “Elements of Power Electronics” Oxford University Press, 2012 Edition.

E-BOOKS

1.

https://books.google.co.in/books?id=R44dbJu_cYgC&printsec=frontcover&dq=digital+and+power+electronics&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwiAn-SX9u_ZAhULqY8KHapKA4MQ6AEIJjAA#v=onepage&q=digital%20and%20power%20electronics&f=false

2.

https://books.google.co.in/books?id=fVzTDgAAQBAJ&printsec=frontcover&dq=digital+and+power+electronics&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwiAn-SX9u_ZAhULqY8KHapKA4MQ6AEILjAB#v=onepage&q=digital%20and%20power%20electronics&f=false

MOOC

1. http://nptel.ac.in/syllabus/112106179/

2. http://www.nptel.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/IIT%20Kharagpur/Power%20 Electronics/New_index1.html

Page 120: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

119

COURSE TITLE SENSORS & MOTION CONTROL LAB CREDITS 2

COURSE CODE MHB4345 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 0-0-0-3

CIA 60 % ESE 40%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL--5 (EVALUATE)

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. Understand and gain knowledge about sensors and its

selection for various applications

1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

2. Gain knowledge in motion control techniques 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

3. Understanding the interfacing concepts of motion control

applications.

1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

Prerequisites : nil

MODULE 1 –SENSORS (23P)

1. Familiarization of various sensors

2. Sensor behaviour, calibration

3. Measurement of force, pressure and strain

4. Measurement of position, velocity and temperature

MODULE 2 – MOTION CONTROL (22P)

1. Conveyor System – Uni-axial , Dual-axial control applications

2. Material Elevator - Vertical material handling application

3. Linear Operation : X-Y Table , Pushing applications

4. Rotating Operation : Indexing table /Positioning applications

5. Feeding : Feeding application like cut to length application or Labelling Application

6. Closed Loop Control of Pressure, Temperature

7. Integration Options

MATLAB ASSIGNMENTS

1. Visualize Sensor Coverage, Detections, and Tracks

2. Optical Sensor Image Generation

3. Collision Detection Using Line Sensor

4. Measure Strain using an Analog Bridge Sensor

5. Track and Follow an Object

6. Tuning of a Digital Motion Control System

7. Stepper Motor with Control

8. Power Window Control Project

9. Control Stepper Motor using Digital Outputs

VIRTUAL LAB

1. http://sl-coep.vlabs.ac.in/

2. http://iitg.vlab.co.in/?sub=61&brch=174

Page 121: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

120

COURSE TITLE DESIGN PROJECT - IV CREDITS 1

COURSE CODE MHB4346 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 0 0 2 0

CIA 80% ESE 20%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-6

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

Upon successful completion of this course the student should be able to

1 To design and fabricate a system using the knowledge acquired in the previous semesters

1,2,4,5,8,9,10,11,12

2 Able to prepare technical drawing, technical report and technical presentation skill.

1,2,4,5,6,8, 9,10,11,12

NOTE

1 The students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members have to identify a product for design and fabrication. Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution.

2 To simulate and develop pneumatic/hydraulic circuit (or) motion control circuit and other industrial application such as material handling, press, cutting machines etc.

3 The students are required to design and fabricate the chosen item and demonstrate its working apart from submitting the project report. The report should contain assembly drawing, parts drawings, process charts, programming, simulation relating to the project.

ASSESSMENT (%)

1 Continuous Assessment - 80

2 Viva-voce - 20

3 Total - 100

COURSE TITLE COMPREHENSION CREDITS 1

COURSE CODE MHB4347 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 1 0 0 0

CIA 80% ESE 20%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-6

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

Upon successful completion of this course the student should be able to

1 Ability to understand and comprehend any given problem related to mechatronics engineering field to face competitive exam for Job, GATE, IES etc.

1,2,4,5,8,9,10,11,12

2 Appreciate all major subject required to clear written exam and to face interview.

1,4,5,9,12

NOTE

1 A student will have to appear for a MCQ Test and Comprehensive Viva-Voce examination covering all the subjects before a board of examiners.

ASSESSMENT (%)

1 Continuous Assessment (MCQ) - 80

2 Final VIVA - 20

3 Total - 100

Page 122: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

121

SEMESTER- VII

COURSE TITLE NDT AND CONDITION MONITORING CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE MHB4407 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 3-0-0-2

CIA 50 % ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-4 (ANALYZE)

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. Understand various techniques and select the method for various

defects flaws 1,4,2,10,8,6,7,11

2. Arrange and calibrate the instrumentation for NDT and Condition

Monitoring. 1,4,3,2,9,10

3. Learn materials that could be inspected – codes, standards,

specifications. 1,4,6,7,11,12

4. Interpret the results using different analysis methods 2,3,4,8,6,7

Prerequisites : nil

MODULE 1 – INTRODUCTION (10L)

Outline: vibration analysis, performance analysis, analysis of wear debris/contaminants in process

fluids or lubricants, temperature monitoring , Fault diagnosis Introduction to various non-destructive

methods- Visual Inspection, Optical aids, Applications.

MODULE 2 –VIBRATION MONITORING (10L)

Use of overall vibration level. Assessment of vibration severity. Frequency analysis, Monitoring of

bearing - Case study

MODULE 3 – LIQUID PENETRANT AND MAGNETIC PARTICLE TESTING (8L)

Physical principles, procedure for penetrant testing, water washable, post – Emulsifiable methods,

Principle of MPT, procedure , Equipment , Applications

MODULE 4 – EDDY CURRENT TESTING (9L)

Principles, Instrumentation for ECT, Absolute - differential probes, Techniques – High sensitivity

Techniques, Applications

MODULE 5 – ULTRASONIC TESTING (8L)

Principle , Ultrasonic transducers ,Inspection Methods, Ultrasonic Flaw detection Equipment , Modes

of display A- scan , B-Scan , C- Scan ,Applications

LAB / MINI PROJECT / FIELD WORK

1. Case Study - Ultrasonic Testing.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Baldev raj, T Jeyakumar, M. Thavasimuthu, Practical Non Destructive Testing Narosa

publishing house, New Delhi, 2012

2. Amiya R Mohanty Condition Monitoring Principles and Practices, CRC Press, USA, 2015

Page 123: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

122

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Krautkramer. J., Ultra Sonic Testing of Materials, 1st Edition, Springer Verlag Publication,

New York, 1996.

2. Peter J. Shull Non Destructive Evaluation: Theory, Techniques and Application Marcel

Dekker, Inc., New York, 2002

E-BOOKS

1. https://www.asnt.org/Store/ProductDetail?productKey=f8daff8d-5c00-493a-b2d7-

1bf5b3198b05

2. http://www.issp.ac.ru/ebooks/books/open/Nondestructive_Testing_Methods_and_New_Ap

plications.pdf

WEB RESOURCE

1. https://www.nde-ed.org/index_flash.htm

COURSE TITLE ROBOTICS AND MACHINE VISION CREDITS 4

COURSE CODE MHB4408 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 3-1-0-2

CIA 50 % ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-4 (ANALYZE)

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. Able to derive kinematics equation for robots 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

2. Able to design appropriate grippers for various robotic

applications

1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

3. Able to select appropriate sensors and actuators for

different robotic applications

1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

4. Able to perform operations on digital images 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

5 Able to extract features from images and work with multiple

images

1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

Prerequisites : nil

MODULE 1 – INTRODUCTION (12L)

Introduction to robotics, Robot Transformations – Rotation Matrix – Forward and Inverse Kinematics

– DH Representation. Basics of Trajectory planning

MODULE 2 – END EFFECTORS (12L)

Types of end effectors –Mechanical grippers –Types of Gripper mechanisms–Grippers force analysis

–Other types of Grippers –Vacuum cups –Magnetic Grippers –Adhesive Grippers –Robot end effector

interface.

MODULE 3 – SENSORS & ACTUATORS (12L)

Functions of Drive Systems – AC, DC Motors – Pneumatic and Hydraulic Actuators – Selection of

Sensors – Classification of Sensors – Data Acquisition

Page 124: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

123

MODULE 4 – IMAGE PROCESSING (12L)

Image Acquisition – Operation on images: Mondic – Diadic – Spatial – Morphology – Boundary

detection – Hit and miss transform – Shape changing: Cropping – resizing – pyramids - warping

MODULE 5 – USING MULTIPLE IMAGES (12L)

Region Features: Classification – Representation – Description. Line Features – Point features - Feature

correspondence – Geometry of multiple views – Stereo vision – Structure and motion, interfacing with

industrial robots

LAB / MINI PROJECT / FIELD WORK

Mini Project:

1. 4 DoF vision based robotic arm with gripper

Field work:

2. Derive DH representation of 6 DoF industrial robot

TEXT BOOKS

1. Peter Corke, Robotics, Vision and Control: Fundamental Algorithms in MATLAB, 2nd edition,

Springer, 2017

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. John Billingsley and Robin Bradbeer, Mechatronics and Machine Vision in Practice, Springer,

2007

2. González, Rafael C. and Woods, Richard Eugene, Digital Image Processing, 3rd Edition,

Prentice Hall, 2008.

3 Davies, E.R., Machine Vision: Theory, Algorithms, Practicalities , Academic Press, London,

2012

E-BOOKS

1. http://zums.ac.ir/files/research/site/ebooks/Robotics/Robot%20Vision.pdf

MOOC

1. https://www.mooc-list.com/course/robotic-vision-qut

Page 125: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

124

COURSE TITLE ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE FOR MECHATRONICS CREDITS 4

COURSE CODE MHB4409 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 3-0-2-3

CIA 50 % ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-4 (ANALYZE)

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. Able to understand the importance of AI 1,2,4,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

2. Able to implement search techniques 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

3. Able to analyse different knowledge and reasoning

techniques

1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

4. Able to develop learning algorithms using ANN 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

5 Able to design planning and leaning environments for AI 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

Prerequisites : nil

MODULE 1 – INTRODUCTION (12L)

Artificial Intelligence in Engineering – Strong and Weak AI – Intelligence in Machines – perception – cognition – execution – applications Lab: Case study on Intelligent system in Engineering

MODULE 2 – SEARCH (12L)

Artificial Intelligence in engineering – Applications – Tree search: Depth first, Breadth first, A* - Gradient Descent - Probabilistic Search Lab: Apply searching algorithm for engineering applications

Informed search

Uninformed search

Probabilistic search

MODULE 3 – KNOWLEDGE AND REASONING (12L)

Adversarial search – Optimal and imperfect decisions – Alpha, Beta pruning – Logical agents Lab: Apply reasoning algorithm for decision making

MODULE 4 – NEURAL NETWORKS (12L)

Artificial neural unit – Pattern classification – feed forward network – learning – feedback network – multi layer perceptron Lab: Design Neural network for

Pattern classification

Prediction

Classification

MODULE 5 – SCHEDULING (12L)

Introduction – representation in scheduling – graphs and networks – shortest paths – critical path analysis – critical path activity scheduling Lab: Develop scheduling algorithms

Page 126: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

125

LAB / MINI PROJECT / FIELD WORK

Mini Project 1. Develop an intelligent robotic system using MATLAB

TEXT BOOKS

1. Jeffrey Johnson, Philip Picton, Mechatronics Volume 2: Concepts in Artificial Intelligence, 2001

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Stuart Russel and Peter Norvig, ‗Artificial Intelligence A Modern Approach‘, Second Edition, Pearson Education, 2003.

2. George F.Luger, Artificial Intelligence – Structures and Strategies for Complex Problem Solving‘, Fourth Edition, Pearson Education, 2002.

3 David Allan Bradley, Derek Seward, David Dawson, Stuart Burge, Mechatronics and the Design of Intelligent Machines and Systems, CRC Press, 2000

E-BOOKS

1. http://ciml.info/dl/v0_8/ciml-v0_8-all.pdf

MOOC

1. https://www.mooc-list.com/tags/artificial-intelligence

COURSE TITLE FUNDAMENTALS OF SIGNAL PROCESSING CREDITS 4

COURSE CODE MHB4410 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 3-0-2-0

CIA 50 % ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-4 (ANALYZE)

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. To understand the basic properties of signal &

systems and the various methods of classification

1,2,4,5,6,9,10,11,12

2. To learn Fourier transform and their properties 1,2,4,9,10,8,11,12

3. To learn about the techniques in fast Fourier transform 1,2,4,9,10,8,11,12

4. To know Z transform & DTFT and their properties 1,2,4,9,10,8,11,12

5 To understand the basics of digital signal processing and its

hardware architecture

1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

Prerequisites : nil

MODULE 1 – SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS (10L)

Introduction to continuous, Discrete and Digital signals, Classification of continuous and Discrete Time

signal – Periodic, Even and Odd, Energy and Power, Deterministic and Random, Complex exponential

signlas, Elementary signals – UNIT step, Ramp, Impulse, Classification of systems : Linear, Time

invariant, Causal, Stable, Invertible systems, BIBO Stability criterion.

Page 127: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

126

MODULE 2 – DISCRETE FOURIER SERIES (9L)

DFS Representation of Periodic Sequence, properties of Discrete Fourier Series. Discrete Fourier

Transforms: Properties of DFT, Linear Convolution of Sequences using DFT.

MODULE 3 – FAST FOURIER TRANSFORMS (9L)

Fast Fourier Transforms (FFT) – Radi Decimation-in-Time and Decimation-in-Frequency FFT Algorithms,

Inve ITT, and FFT with General Radix-N.

MODULE 4 – DISCRETE TIME SIGNALS AND Z TRANSFORM (9L)

Baseband Sampling - DTFT – Properties of DTFT. Definition of Z transforms, Properties, Inverse Z

transform.

MODULE 5 – HARDWARE IMPLEMENTATION OF DSP (8L)

Introduction to Digital Signal Processing, DSP processor, architecture of DSP processors. Bus

Architecture and Memory, Data Addressing Capabilities, Address Generation Unit, Programmability

and Program Execution, Features for External Interfacing

LAB (30P)

1.Programs using mathematical computing tool for mathematical operations on CT, DT signals

2.Matlab program on linear convolution

3.Implementing FFT algorithm in Matlab

4.Z transform to find zero pole and gain of transfer function

5.Study of external interfacing with DSP processor

TEXT BOOKS

1. Digital Signal Processing, Principles, Algorithms, and Applications John G. Proakis, Dimitris G.

Manolakis, Pearson Education / PHI, 2007.

2. Discrete Time Signal Processing — A. V. Oppenheim and R.W Schaffer, PHI, 2009 Fundamentals

of Digital Signal Processing — Loney Ludeman, John Wiley, 2009

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Digital Signal Processing — Fundamentals and Applications — Li Tan, Elsevier, 2008

2. Fundamentals of Digital Signal Processing using MATLAB — Robert Schilling, Sandra L. Harris,

Thomson, 2007

3 Digital Signal Processing – Nagoor Khani, TMG, 2012

4 Discrete Systems and Digital Signal Processing with MATLAB — Taan EIAIi. CRC press, 2009

E-BOOKS

1. http://www.fourierandwavelets.org/FSP_v1.1_2014.pdf

MOOC

1. https://www.mooc-list.com/tags/dsp

Page 128: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

127

COURSE TITLE ROBOTICS AND MACHINE VISION LAB CREDITS 1

COURSE CODE MHB4437 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 0-0-2-0

CIA 50 % ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-4 (ANALYZE)

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. Able to derive kinematics equation for robots 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

2. Able to design appropriate grippers for various robotic applications

1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

3. Able to select appropriate sensors and actuators for different robotic applications

1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

4. Able to perform operations on digital images 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

5. Able to extract features from images and work with multiple images

1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

Prerequisites : nil

MODULE 1 – ROBOTICS (15P)

1. Design and analysis of 4 DoF industrial robot with gripper 2. Simulation of industrial robots 3. Programming for industrial robot for machining application 4. Programming for industrial robot for sorting application

MODULE 2 – MACHINE VISION (10L)

1. Acquiring images 2. Operations on images 3. Feature Extraction 4. Perspective correction 5. Image matching 6. Image Sequence processing

MODULE 3 – INTERFACING

1. Interfacing of vision system with industrial robot 2. Interfacing of conveyor belt with industrial robots

MATLAB ASSIGNMENTS

1. Detecting Cars Using Gaussian Mixture Models

2. Object Detection Using Faster R-CNN Deep Learning

3. Pattern Matching

4. Tracking Pedestrians from a Moving Car

5. Object Counting

6. Monocular Visual Odometry

7. Scene Change Detection

8. Motion Detection

9. Traffic Warning Sign Recognition

10. Color-based Road Tracking

VIRTUAL LAB

1. http://cse19-iiith.vlabs.ac.in/index.html

Page 129: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

128

COURSE TITLE NDT AND CONDITION MONITORING LAB CREDITS 2

COURSE CODE MHB4438 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 0-0-3-0

CIA 50 % ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-4 (ANALYZE)

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. Understand various techniques and select the method for various defects flaws

1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

2. Arrange and calibrate the instrumentation for NDT and Condition Monitoring.

1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

3. Learn materials that could be inspected – codes,

standards, specifications.

1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

4. Interpret the results using different analysis methods 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

Prerequisites : nil

MODULE 1 – NDT (30P)

Practice in Ultrasonic Testing, Eddy Current and MPT for the detection of defects in various applications like welding, casting etc.

MODULE 2 –VIBRATION MONITORING (15P)

Experiments in condition monitoring applications like shaft misalignment, bearing failure, looseness etc.

MATLAB ASSIGNMENTS

1. Condition Monitoring and Prognostics Using Vibration Signals

2. Tune PID Controller in Real Time Using Open-Loop PID Autotuner Block

3. Fault Diagnosis of Centrifugal Pumps using Residual Analysis

4. Estimate Model Parameters and Initial States (GUI)

5. Fault Detection Using Data Based Models

6. Wind Turbine High-Speed Bearing Prognosis

Page 130: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

129

COURSE TITLE DESIGN PROJECT - V CREDITS 1

COURSE CODE MHB4439 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 0 0 2 0

CIA 80% ESE 20%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-6

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

Upon successful completion of this course the student should be able to

1 To design and fabricate a system using the knowledge acquired in the previous

semesters

1,2,4,5,6,8,

9,7,11,12

2 Able to prepare technical drawing, technical report and technical presentation

skill.

1,2,4,5,6,8,

9,7,11,12

NOTE

1 The students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members have to identify a

product/process for design and fabrication or experimental study. Every project work shall

have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution.

2 Students will be exposed to lecture modules on Project and Thesis work followed by

assignment of individual projects involving designing a mechatronics system with an emphasis

on controls for various mechatronics system applications.

3 The students are required to design and fabricate/ conduct experiments and demonstrate

its working apart from submitting the project report. The report should contain assembly

drawing, parts drawings, process charts, programming, modelling and simulation, analysis

relating to the project.

ASSESSMENT (%)

1 Continuous Assessment - 80

2 Viva-voce - 20

3 Total - 100

Page 131: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

130

SEMESTER VIII

COURSE TITLE PROJECT CREDITS 8

COURSE CODE MHB4448 COURSE CATEGORY PC L-T-P-S 0 0 24 0

CIA 80% ESE 20%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-6

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

Upon successful completion of this course the student should be able to

1 Design and fabricate a mechatronic system using the knowledge acquired in

the previous semesters

1,2,3,4,5,6,

7,8, 11,12

2 Modelling and simulation study of engineering systems/problem. 1,2,3,4,5

3 Able to prepare technical drawing, technical report and technical presentation

skill.

1,2,3,4,5,6,

7,8,,11,12

NOTE

1 The students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members have to identify a

product/process for design and fabrication or experimental study. Every project work shall

have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution.

2 Students will be exposed to lecture modules on Project and Thesis work followed by

assignment of individual projects involving designing a mechatronics system for a real time

problem with societal impact.

3 The students are required to design and fabricate/ conduct experiments and demonstrate

its working apart from submitting the project report. The report should contain assembly

drawing, parts drawings, process charts, programming, modelling and simulation, analysis

relating to the project.

ASSESSMENT (%)

1 Continuous Assessment - 80

2 Viva-voce - 20

3 Total - 100

Page 132: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

131

LIST OF DEPARTMENTAL ELECTIVES – SEMESTER III

COURSE TITLE BASICS OF ROBOTICS CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE MBS4251 COURSE CATEGORY DE L-T-P-S 3-0-0-1

CIA 50 % ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-4 (ANALYZE)

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. Get knowledge in basic concepts, parts of robots and

types of robots. 1,2,3,6,7,8,9,10,11,

12

2. Get knowledge in the various mechanical drive systems and

power transmissions in robot 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10

,11,12

3. Get knowledge in controllers and end effectors. 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10

,11,12

4. Familiar with the robot kinematics and dynamics. 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10

,12

5 Understand the various applications of robots, justification and

implementation of robots.

1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

Prerequisites : nil

MODULE 1 – INTRODUCTION TO ROBOTICS (12L)

An over view of Robotics — classification by coordinate system and control systems – Components of

the Industrial Robotics: Degrees of freedom — End effectors: Mechanical gripper — Magnetic —

Vacuum cup and other types of grippers — General consideration on gripper selection and design,

Robot actuator and sensors.

MODULE 2 – ROBOT DRIVES AND POWER TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS (9L)

Robot drive mechanisms, hydraulic – electric – servomotor- stepper motor - pneumatic drives,

Mechanical transmission method - Gear transmission, Belt drives, cables, Roller chains, Link – Rod

systems - Rotary-to-Rotary motion conversion, Rotary-to-Linear motion conversion, Rack and Pinion

drives, Lead screws, Ball Bearing screws.

MODULE 3 – ROBOT END EFFECTORS (9L)

Classification of End effectors – Tools as end effectors. Drive system for grippers-Mechanical adhesive-

Vacuum-magnetic-grippers, Hooks scoops. Gripper force analysis and gripper design. Active and

passive grippers.

MODULE 4 – ROBOT KINEMATICS AND DYNAMICS (9L)

Positions, Orientations and frames, Mappings: Changing descriptions from frame to frame, Operators:

Translations, Rotations and Transformations - Transformation Arithmetic - D-H Representation -

Forward and inverse Kinematics Of Six Degree of Freedom Robot Arm – Robot Arm dynamics

MODULE 5 – APPLICATIONS OF ROBOTS (9L)

Industrial Applications of Robots for material transfer, machine loading / unloading, welding, assembly

and spray painting operation.

RGV, AGV, Implementation of Robots in Industries – Various Steps; Safety Considerations for RobotO

perations

Page 133: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

132

LAB / MINI PROJECT / FIELD WORK

Study of six axis YASKAWA robot. Study of robot manipulator and their Controls. Analysis of kinematics and dynamics of the manipulator using M.Sc-ADAMS software

TEXT BOOKS

1. Deb S. R. and Deb S., “Robotics Technology and Flexible Automation”, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd, 2010.

2. Mikell P. Groover et. al., "Industrial Robots - Technology, Programming and Applications", McGraw Hill, New York, 2013.

3. John J.Craig , “Introduction to Robotics”, Pearson, 2009.

4. A.K Gupta, S.K. Arora, Industrial Automation and Robotics, Laxmi Pubilaction (P) Ltd, 2013

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Richard D Klafter, Thomas A Chmielewski, Michael Negin, "Robotics Engineering – An Integrated Approach", Eastern Economy Edition, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 2006.

2. Robot Dynamics & Control/Mark W. Spong and M. Vidyasa9ar I John Wiley & Sons (ASIA) Pvt. Ltd, 2004

3 Fu K S, Gonzalez R C, Lee C.S.G, "Robotics : Control, Sensing, Vision and Intelligence", McGraw Hill, 1987

E-BOOKS

1. http://zums.ac.ir/files/research/site/ebooks/Robotics/Robot%20Vision.pdf

MOOC

1. http://wiki.ros.org/Events/ICRA2010Tutorial

Page 134: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

133

COURSE TITLE MECHATRONICS SYSTEM APPLICATIONS CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE MBS4252 COURSE CATEGORY DE L-T-P-S 3-0-0-1

CIA 50 % ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-4 (ANALYZE)

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. To understand the modern mechatronics components. 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10

2. To understand the principles and alternatives for mechatronics

systems design

1,2,3,4,5,8,11,12

3. To understand the elements of mechatronics systems. 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,11,12

4. To familiarise mechatronics system for various applications. 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10, 11,12

5 Understand the various applications of mechatronics systems,

justification and implementation of mechatronics systems.

1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10, 11,12

Prerequisites : nil

MODULE 1 – INTRODUCTION (9L)

Introduction to basics mechatronics components - Sensors, Actuators, Micro-controllers, PLC’s.

MODULE 2 – BIOMIMICRY USING MECHATRONICS (9L)

Biomimicry – Introduction, Concept, Advantages. Bio-Inspired Robots – Mechanisms, Controls,

Actuations. Case Studies - Wall-Climbing Caterpillar Robot, Hexapedal robot inspired by cockroach

locomotion.

MODULE 3 – MEDICAL APPLICATIONS (9L)

Introduction to mechatronics for medical applications, Importance of Mechatronics in Medical

Applications, Applications of Mechatronics in Medicine - Robotics in Medicine, Smart Instruments and

Probes. Case Studies - Handheld Snake-Like Robots, 3D Printed Skull.

MODULE 4 – SAFETY, SECURITY AND DEFENCE APPLICATIONS (9L)

Industrial safety systems, Smart security systems, Mechatronics in defence, Artificial Intelligence in

security systems. Case Studies: Cobots (Collaborative Robots), Smart Doors, Heat-seeking missiles.

MODULE 5 – MANUFACTURING APPLICATIONS (9L)

Introduction to manufacturing systems, Retrofitting, CNC machines, Rapid Prototyping, Industrial

Robots. Case Studies – Laser cutting, Quality inspecting robots.

LAB / MINI PROJECT / FIELD WORK

1. Create simple mechatronics component using 3D Scanner & Printer.

TEXT BOOKS

1. W Bolton, Mechatronics, Pearson Education, Fourth Edition, 2011

REFERENCE BOOKS

1.

Siamak Najarian, Javad Dargahi, Ph.D.,, Goldis Darbemamieh, Siamak Hajizadeh Farkoush,

Mechatronics in Medicine: A Biomedical Engineering Approach, 2012 McGraw-Hill Education,

ISBN: 9780071768962

Page 135: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

134

2. David G. Alciatore & Michael B Histand., Introduction to Mechatronics and Measurement

systems, Tata McGraw Hill, 2003.

3 Mechatronic Systems, Applications - Edited by Annalisa Milella, Donato Di Paola and Grazia

Cicirelli, 2010 In-the. www.intechweb.org, ISBN 978-953-307-040-7

E-BOOKS

1. http://www.springer.com/in/book/9783642175305

2. http://controlmanuals.com/files/Automation/Mechatronics-p1.html

MOOC

1. www.mooc-list.com/course/me209x-thermodynamics-edx

2. www.class-central.com/tag/thermodynamics

COURSE TITLE MOBILE ROBOTS CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE MBS4253 COURSE CATEGORY DE L-T-P-S 3-0-0-1

CIA 50 % ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-4 (ANALYZE)

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. Able to understand fundamentals of mobile robots 1,2,3,4,5

2. Understand and apply knowledge on sensors and actuators for

robot applications

1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9, 10,11,12

3. Understand and apply vision based navigation in mobile robots 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9, 10,11,12

4. Understand system integration for mobile robots 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9, 10,11,12

Prerequisites : nil

MODULE 1 – INTRODUCTION (9L)

Introduction to mobile Robots – Laws of Robots – Robot Anatomy – Basic Mechanics of Robots – Basic

Electronics for Robots, Companion Robots – Robots for Agriculture Applications – Space Robots –

Defense Robots.

MODULE 2 – SENSORS AND ACTUATORS (9L)

Sensors for mobile robots – Sensor Characteristics – Classification of Sensors – Electric Actuators – DC

Motors – Servo motor, stepper motor – Linear Actuators – Encoders – Motor Drives.

MODULE 3 – VISION AND NAVIGATION (9L)

Image Acquisition – Obstacle Detection and Avoidance – Localization – Path Planning Methods –

Monte Carlo Methods.

MODULE 4 – PROGRAMMING AND INTERFACING (9L)

Robot Programming using Python – Basic Embedded C Programming for Robots – Data Acquisition –

Interfacing Sensors and Actuators with Robot Controller – Program for Interfacing.

Page 136: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

135

MODULE 5 – BUILDING OF MOBILE ROBOTS (9L)

Building of various types of mobile robots – Use of various Sensing methods, Navigation and Vision-Demonstration and Exercises

LAB / MINI PROJECT / FIELD WORK

1. Design and develop a mobile robot for a specific application

TEXT BOOKS

1. Ulrich Nehmzow,Mobile Robots - A practical introduction, Springer, 2003.

2. S.R. DEB, S. DEB, Robotics Technology and Flexible Automation, McGraw-Hill, 2nd Edition, 2011.

3. Mikell P. Groover, Roger N. Nagel, Industrial Robotics: Technology, Programming, and Applications, McGraw-Hill Companies, 2012.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Woo-Kyung Choi, Hong-Tae Jeon, Seong-Joo Kim, “Multiple Sensor Fusion and Motion Control of Snake Robot Based on Soft-Computing”, INTECH Open Access Publisher, 2007

2. S.R. DEB, S. DEB, Robotics Technology and Flexible Automation, Mc-GrawHill, 2nd Edition, 2011.

3 Modern Control Engineering;Katsuhiko Ogata,Pearson Education,2011

E-BOOKS

1. http://home.deib.polimi.it/gini/robot/docs/siegwart.pdf

2. https://mitpress.mit.edu/books/introduction-autonomous-mobile-robots

MOOC

1. https://www.coursera.org/learn/mobile-robot

2. https://www.open2study.com/courses/mobile-robotics

COURSE TITLE OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES

( EXCEPT CSE) CREDITS 4

COURSE CODE MAA4301 COURSE CATEGORY DE L-T-P-S 3-1-0-0

CIA 50 % ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL– 1-4

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. Able to understand the concept of optimization 1,2,3,4,5

2. Able to understand the linear programming problems 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8

3. Able to understand the integer programming problems 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8

4. Able to understand the assignment and transportation problems 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8

5. Able to understand the designs of networks 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,11,12

Prerequisites : nil

MODULE 1: INTRODUCTION TO OPTIMIZATION (9L+3T)

Introduction to operations research – objective – scope of OR – Limitations of OR – Introduction and formulation of linear programming – Solving LPP using Graphical method. Suggested Reading: Basics of inequalities

MODULE 2: LINEAR PROGRAMMMING PROBLEM (9L+3T)

Solving LPP using simplex method – Big-M method – Two phase method – conversion of primal to dual. Suggested Reading: System of equations

Page 137: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

136

MODULE 3: INTEGER PROGRAMMING (9L+3T)

Integer programming – Cutting plane method – Gomory’s Mixed integer method – Branch and Bound method Suggested Reading: System of equations

MODULE 4: ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSPORTATION PROBLEM (9L+3T)

Hungarian Method – Maximization and unbalanced assignment problem – Basic feasible solution of transportation problem – Modi method – Degeneracy – Unbalanced Transportation problem. Suggested Reading: Arithmetic Calculation

MODULE 5: PERT AND CPM (9L+3T)

Network diagram – Representation – Labeling – CPM – PERT probabilities of CPM – PERT probabilities of project duration. Suggested Reading: Basics of graph

TEXT BOOKS

1. Chandrasekaran A, “A Text book of Operation Research”, Dhanam Publications, Chennai, 2017

2. V. Sundaresan, K. S. Ganapathy Subramanian, K. Ganesan, “Resource Management Techniques”, A. R. Publications, 2004

3. S. D. Sharma, “Operation Research”, Kedarnath Ramnath & Co, 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Hamdy A. Taha, “Operations Research: An Introduction (9th Edition)”, Prentice Hall, 2010

2. D S Hira & Prem Kumar Gupta, “Introduction to Operations Research”, S. Chand Publishing, 2012

E-BOOKS

1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112106134/1

2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_mg10/preview

MOOC

1. https://www.edx.org/course/operations-management-iimbx-om101-1x

Page 138: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

137

LIST OF DEPARTMENTAL ELECTIVES – SEMESTER IV

COURSE TITLE INDUSTRIAL ROBOTS CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE MBS4266 COURSE CATEGORY DE L-T-P-S 3-0-0-1

CIA 50 % ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-4 (ANALYZE)

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. Understand the basics of robots. 1,2,3,4,5

2. Understand the kinematics of robots. 1,2,3,4,5

3. Familiarize actuators and sensors used in industrial robots. 1,2,3,4,5,8,6,7

4. Familiarize industrial robot programming. 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9

5. Familiarize applications of industrial robots. 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10, 11,12

Prerequisites : nil

MODULE 1 – INTRODUCTION (9L)

History of Robots – Robot Anatomy – Robot Configurations – Work Volume – Robot Safety.

MODULE 2 – KINEMATICS (9L)

Robot Transformations – Rotation Matrix – Forward and Inverse Kinematics – DH Representation.

MODULE 3 – DRIVES, ACTUATORS SENSORS AND END EFFECTORS (9L)

Functions of Drive Systems – AC, DC Motors – Pneumatic and Hydraulic Actuators – Selection of

Sensors – Classification of Sensors – Data Acquisition – Mechanical, Vacuum and Adhesive Grippers.

MODULE 4 – ROBOT LANGUAGES AND PROGRAMMING (9L)

Robot Languages – Classification of Languages –VAL II- Motosim, Computer Control and Robot

Software.

MODULE 5 – APPLICATIONS (9L)

Robot Applications – Welding, Palletizing, Deburring, Assembly- Hands on training in material handling

and processing applications, recent trends in industrial robots- Building of grippers – Exercises

TEXT BOOKS

1. Mikell P. Groover, Roger N. Nagel, Industrial Robotics: Technology, Programming, and Applications” McGraw-Hill Companies, 2012.

2. Rao. P.N “Manufacturing Technology - Metal Cutting and Machine Tools", Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2003.

3. Manufacturing Engineering and Technology, Kalpakijian, Adisson Wesley, 2005.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. S.R. DEB, S. DEB, Robotics Technology and Flexible Automation, Mc-GrawHill, 2nd Edition, 2011.

2. Edquist, Flexible Automation: The Global Diffusion of New Technology, Wiley-Blackwell,1988.

3. Roy. A.Lindberg, “Process and Materials of Manufacture,” Fourth Edition, PHI/Pearson Education 2006.

E-BOOKS

1. http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/book/10.1002/9780470172506

2. http://www.e-booksdirectory.com/details.php?ebook=3554

MOOC

1. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/robotics

Page 139: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

138

COURSE TITLE MACHINING TECHNOLOGY CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE MBS4267 COURSE CATEGORY DE L-T-P-S 3-0-0-1

CIA 50 % ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-4 (ANALYZE)

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. Understand the fundamental concepts of metal cutting. 1,4,2,6,7,11,1

2

2. Able to select the machining methods. 1,2,3,4,12

3. Familiarize turning and finishing operations. 1,4,2

4. Understand and Analyse the different types of non-traditional machining,

operation and its characteristics.

1,4,2,10

5. Understand the operation of Laser beam & plasma arc machining. 1,2,3,4,10

Prerequisites : Nil

MODULE 1 – THEORY OF METAL CUTTING (9L)

Mechanics of chip formation, single point cutting tool, forces in machining, Types of chip, cutting tools

– nomenclature, orthogonal metal cutting, thermal aspects, cutting tool materials, tool wear, tool life,

surface finish, cutting fluids and Machinability.

MODULE 2 – TURNING MACHINES (9L)

Centre lathe, constructional features, specification, operations – taper turning methods, thread cutting

methods, special attachments, machining time and power estimation. Capstan and turret lathes- tool

layout – automatic lathes: semi-automatic – single spindle : Swiss type, automatic screw type – multi

spindle

MODULE 3 – ABRASIVE PROCESS AND BROACHING (9L)

Abrasive processes: grinding wheel – specifications and selection, types of grinding process– cylindrical

grinding, surface grinding, centreless grinding and internal grinding- Typical applications – concepts of

surface integrity, broaching machines: broach construction – push, pull, surface and continuous

broaching machines

MODULE 4 – NON-TRADITIONAL MACHINING (9L)

Introduction, need, Abrasive Jet Machining , Parametric Analysis, Process capabilities, Ultrasonic

Machining –Mechanics of cutting, models, Parametric Analysis.

Water Jet Machining –principle, equipment ,process characteristics , performance, EDM – principles,

equipment, generators, analysis of R-C circuits, MRR , Surface finish, WEDM.

MODULE 5 – LASER BEAM & PLASMA ARC MACHINING (9L)

Laser Beam Machining – Principle of working, equipment, Material removal rate, Process parameters,

performance characterization, Applications.

Plasma Arc Machining – Principle of working, equipment, Material removal rate, Process parameters,

performance characterization, Applications

TEXT BOOKS

1. Advanced Machining Processes, V.K.Jain, Allied Publications, 2007

Page 140: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

139

2. Rao. P.N “Manufacturing Technology - Metal Cutting and Machine Tools", Tata McGraw-

Hill,New Delhi 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Introduction to Manufacturing Processes, John A Schey, Mc Graw Hill, 2000

2. Process and Materials of Manufacturing, R. A. Lindburg, 4th edition, PHI 1990.

3. Roy. A.Lindberg, “Process and Materials of Manufacture,” Fourth Edition, PHI/Pearson

E-BOOKS

1. http://home.iitk.ac.in/~vkjain/Lecture%205_AMP_MM_NF-200914.pdf

2. http://m.bookfi.net/book/1059307

MOOC

1. https://www.coursera.org/learn/advanced-manufacturing-process-analysis

COURSE TITLE APPLIED PNEUMATICS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE MBS4268 COURSE CATEGORY DE L-T-P-S 3-0-0-1

CIA 50 % ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3 (APPLY)

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. Able to design the air supply, distribution and

conditioning for simple applications

1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10, 11,12

2. Able to select the suitable pneumatic components for

automation applications.

1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10, 11,12

3. Able to use the PLC for controlling pneumatic circuits 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,

11,12

4. Able to diagnose the fault and to maintain the pneumatic systems 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,11,12

Prerequisites : Nil

MODULE 1 – INTRODUCTION (9L)

Merits of Fluid power & its utility for increasing productivity through Low Cost Automation,

Transmission of Fluid Power through various types of Cylinders, Symbolic representation of Pneumatic

elements, Compressors and Air supply and conditioning system including airline installations,

Distribution System - ring rails systems

MODULE 2 – BASIC PNEUMATIC CIRCUITS (9L)

Pneumatic control elements (control valves & remote control system), Basic pneumatic circuits for

controlling single & double acting cylinder, Basic pneumatic circuits, advanced pneumatic circuits for

controlling multi cylinders- Simulation -Autosim

MODULE 3 – ADVANCED PNEUMATIC CIRCUITS (9L)

Advanced pneumatic circuits for controlling multicylinders, Electro pneumatics with relay logic,

Pneumatics system with PID controls, Simulation -Autosim

Page 141: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

140

MODULE 4 – PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS (9L)

. Programmable logic controllers, introduction, architecture hardware. Components basics of PLC

programming –Programming timers counters-master and jump controls-data manipulations and

instructions, Programmable sequential control using pneumatic modular elements

MODULE 5 – LOW COST AUTOMATION (9L)

Low cost Automation using pneumatics, FMS – Assembly, disassembly, inspection and fault diagnosis,

Maintenance of pneumatics systems

TEXT BOOKS

1. A text book of Basic Pneumatics, SMC Pneumatics, 2012.

2. A text book of Electro Pneumatics, SMC Pneumatics, 2012.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Esposito, Fluid Power with application, Prentice Hall, 2013.

E-BOOKS

1. https://books.google.co.in/books?id=Ws_8BAAAQBAJ&printsec=frontcover&dq=hydraulics+and+pneumatics&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwi40qWJx_DZAhVJQ48KHRJIDLAQ6AEIJjAA#v=onepage&q=hydraulics%20and%20pneumatics&f=false

2. https://books.google.co.in/books?id=JKP3LwEACAAJ&dq=hydraulics+and+pneumatics&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwi40qWJx_DZAhVJQ48KHRJIDLAQ6AEIMjAC

MOOC

1. https://www.coursera.org/learn/fluid-power

2. https://www.edx.org/school/mitx?gclid=EAIaIQobChMIv53bncfw2QIVihmPCh04cw0oEAAYAiAAEgLSYfD_BwE

COURSE TITLE PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE MBS4269 COURSE CATEGORY DE L-T-P-S 3-0-0-1

CIA 50 % ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-4 (ANALYZE)

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. Understand the process of product development

and design thinking

1,2,3,4,5,6,7 8,9,11,12

2. Perform 3D modeling of engineering components 1,2,3,4,5,6,7, 11,12

3. Perform 3D scanning of engineering components 1,2,3,4,5,6,7, 11,12

4. Create 3D print of prototypes 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10, 11,12

5. Understand and apply knowledge on testing and business model 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9, 10, 11,12

Prerequisites : Nil

MODULE 1 – INTRODUCTION TO PRODUCT DEVELOMENT AND DESIGN THINKING (9L)

Merits of Fluid power & its utility for increasing productivity through Low Cost Automation,

Transmission of Fluid Power through various types of Cylinders, Symbolic representation of Pneumatic

elements, Compressors and Air supply and conditioning system including airline installations,

Distribution System - ring rails systems

Page 142: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

141

MODULE 2 – BASICS OF PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT (9L)

Pneumatic control elements (control valves & remote control system), Basic pneumatic circuits for controlling single & double acting cylinder, Basic pneumatic circuits, advanced pneumatic circuits for controlling multi cylinders- Simulation -Autosim

MODULE 3 – PRODUCT DESIGN (9L)

Advanced pneumatic circuits for controlling multicylinders, Electro pneumatics with relay logic, Pneumatics system with PID controls, Simulation -Autosim

MODULE 4 – PROTOTYPING (9L)

. Programmable logic controllers, introduction, architecture hardware. Components basics of PLC programming –Programming timers counters-master and jump controls-data manipulations and instructions, Programmable sequential control using pneumatic modular elements

MODULE 5 – BUSINESS ASPECTS OF PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT (9L)

Low cost Automation using pneumatics, FMS – Assembly, disassembly, inspection and fault diagnosis, Maintenance of pneumatics systems

MINI PROJECT / FIELD WORK

1. Study of IDEO (Case Studies) 2. Proposal for a new product development (Based on field study) 3. Architecture layout of the new product 4. 3D Printing

TEXT BOOKS

1. Ulrich, Karl, and Steven Eppinger. Product Design and Development. 3rd Edition. McGraw-Hill, 2003.

2. Thomke, Stefan H., and Ashok Nimgade. "IDEO Product Development." Harvard Business School Case 600-143, June 2000.

3. Toshiharu Taura, Creative Design Engineering: Introduction to an Interdisciplinary Approach, Academic Press, 2016.

4. Chee Kai Chua, Kah Fai Leong, Chu Sing Lim. Rapid Prototyping: Principles and Applications, World Scientific 2003.

5. A. K. Chitale, R. C. Gupta. Product Design And Manufacturing. PHI India Publications, 2013

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Bowen, H. Kent, and Thomas Everett. "Sweet Water." Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Case 9-695-026, November 1, 1994

2. Sharon J. Gerson and Steven M. Gerson, Technical Writing: Process and Product. Pearson Education (2000).

3. Michael G. Luchs, Abbie Griffin, Scott Swan, Design Thinking: New Product Development Essentials from the PDMA, 2015.

4. Groover, CAD/CAM: Computer-Aided Design and Manufacturing, Pearson Education India, 1984.

E-BOOKS

1. Alvartech.com/temp/PDP2011/DesignThinking/ProductDevelopment/Ulrich.pdf

2. http://www.rcsc.gov.bt/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/dt-guide-book-master-copy.pdf

MOOC

1. nptel.ac.in/courses/112107143/2

2. https://www.coursera.org/learn/uva-darden-design-thinking-innovation

Page 143: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

142

LIST OF DEPARTMENTAL ELECTIVES – SEMESTER V

COURSE TITLE BUILDING AUTOMATION CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE MBS4355 COURSE CATEGORY DE L-T-P-S 3-0-0-1

CIA 50 % ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-4 (ANALYZE)

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. Select and evaluate the different transducers, actuators, AC,

refrigeration systems in modern Buildings.

1,2,3,4,5,6,7, 11,12

2. Identify the importance and techniques of energy conservations in

BAS for simple applications

1,2,3,4,5,9,10, 11,12

3. Design and installation methods of safety sensors for simple application 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

4. Know the procedure for integrated and secure smart building techniques 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

Prerequisites : Nil

MODULE 1 – INTRODUCTION (9L)

Introduction to Building Automation System, Features, Characteristics, Drawbacks of Building

Automation system. Various Systems of Building Automation – Building Management System, Energy

Management System, Security System, Safety System, Video Management System.

MODULE 2 – BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (9L)

Qualitative study- Introduction, HVAC, Sensors & Transducers – Temperature, Pressure, Level, Flow,

RH. Meaning of Analog & Digital Signals, Valves and Actuators, Valve & Actuator Selection, Various

Controllers, Job IO Summary Calculation, Controller Sizing, AI to DI Conversion, Cable Selection,

Earthing – Meaning, Importance, Panel Earthing, EMI & Tackling EMI.Logic Examples, CL Programming.

MODULE 3 – ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (9L)

Concept, Energy Meters, Types, Meter Networking, Monitoring Energy Parameters, Analysis of Power

Quality – Instantaneous Power, Active Power, Reactive Power, Power Factor, Voltage, Current. Effect

of Power Quality on Energy Consumption, Energy Reports, Energy Conservation, Importance of Energy

Saving.

MODULE 4 – SAFETY SYSTEMS (9L)

Introduction, Fire –Meaning, Fire Development Stages, Fire Sensors & Detectors, Detector Placement,

Detectors Required For Various Applications. Fire Extinguishing Principles, Fire Extinguishers & Its

Classification. Fire Alarm System – Controllers, Components, Features, Concept of Fire Loop & Fire

Devices, 2-Wire & 4-Wire Loops, Working Principle, System Description, Pre-alarm, Alarm, Trouble,

Fault, Differences, Cable Selection, Installation Guidelines Best Installation Practices, Logic Example.

NFPA and IS2189 Stds, System Programming

Page 144: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

143

MODULE 5 – INTEGRATED SYSTEMS (9L)

Introduction, Integration of Building Management System, Energy Management System, Safety

System, Security Systems & Video Management, Benefits of Integrated Systems, Challenges, Future

Prospects of Integrated Systems.

FIELD WORK

1. Visit to smart buildings to understand building automation.

TEXT BOOKS

1. You Lin Xu & Jia He, Smart Civil Structures, CRC Press, 2017

2. Nancy G. Leveson, Engineering a Safer World: Systems Thinking Applied to Safety (Engineering Systems)1st Edition, The MIT Press, 2011.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Geoff Levermore, Building Energy Management Systems: An Application to Heating, Natural Ventilation, Lighting and Occupant Satisfaction, Routledge,2nd Edition, 2000.

2. Haralick, R.M. and Shapiro, L.G., Computer and Robot Vision (Volumes I and II), Addison-Wesley, Reading Massachusetts, 1990.

3. Reinhold A. Carlson Robert A. Di Giandomenico, Understanding Building Automation Systems: Direct Digital Control, Energy Management, Life Safety, Security Access Control, Lighting, Building, 1 st edition, R.S. Means Company Ltd), 1991

E-BOOKS

1. https://books.google.co.in/books?id=LOcGPwAACAAJ&dq=building+automation&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwiWyduf1fDZAhULvo8KHT_eAS4Q6AEIJjAA

2. https://books.google.co.in/books?id=BPR8AgAAQBAJ&printsec=frontcover&dq=building+automation&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwiWyduf1fDZAhULvo8KHT_eAS4Q6AEILDAB#v=onepage&q=building%20automation&f=false

MOOC

1. https://www.ed2go.com/courses/construction-and-trades/trades/ctp/hvacr-controls-building-automation-systems

Page 145: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

144

COURSE TITLE ELECTRONIC DEVICES & CIRCUITS CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE MBS4356 COURSE CATEGORY DE L-T-P-S 3-0-0-1

CIA 50 % ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-4 (ANALYZE)

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. Understand the fundamental concepts of electronic devices 1,2,3,4,5

2. Understand and Analyse the different types of diodes, operation and

its characteristics

1,2,3,4,5

3. Understand the operation of BJT and FET, its biasing and input-output

characteristics of different configurations

1,2,3,4,5

4. Explain the different type of negative feedback amplifiers and oscillator

circuits with their design equations.

1,2,3,4,5

5. To analyze and design diode application circuits, amplifier circuits and

oscillators employing BJT, FET devices.

1,2,3,4,5, 11,12

Prerequisites : Nil

MODULE 1 – SEMICONDUCTORS & DIODES (9L)

Semiconductor fundamentals –Energy Band diagram – Intrinsic and Extrinsic Semiconductors PN j

unction diode-Qualitative Theory of P-N Junction, P-N Junction as a Diode, Diode Equation,

Volt- Ampere Characteristics, Temperature dependence of VI characteristic, Breakdown Mechanisms

in Semiconductor Diodes, Zener Diode.

MODULE 2 – RECTIFIERS AND FILTERS (9L)

P-N junction as a Rectifier, Half wave Rectifier, Full wave Rectifier, Bridge Rectifier, Harmonic

components in a Rectifier Circuit, Inductor Filters, Capacitor Filters, L- Section Filters, π- Section Filters,

Comparison of Filters, Voltage Regulation using Zener Diode.

MODULE 3 – BIPOLAR JUNCTION TRANSISTOR (9L)

Principle of transistor action – Cut off, Active and saturation regions of a transistor – CE,CB,CC

Configurations – Comparison -Transistor as a switch and amplifier- BJT Hybrid Model Classification of

amplifiers– Distortion in amplifiers– frequency response of an amplifier.

MODULE 4 – FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTOR (9L)

Junction Field Effect Transistor (Construction, principle of operation, symbol) – Pinch-off Voltage -

Volt-Ampere characteristics, The JFET Small Signal Model- FET Amplifiers MOSFET (Construction,

principle of operation, symbol), MOSFET Characteristics in Enhancement and Depletion modes

MODULE 5 – OSCILLATORS & MULTI VIBRATORS (9L)

Classification of oscillators – Barkhausen criterion operation and analysis of RC phase shift – Hartely

and colpitts oscillators – Multivibrators – astable, monostable and bistable multivibrators

TEXT BOOKS

1. Electronic Devices and Circuits – Mohammad Rashid, Cengage Learing, 2013

2. Electronic Devices and Circuits – David A. Bell, 5 Ed, Oxford, 2008

Page 146: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

145

3. Boylestad & Nashelsky, Electronic Devices & Circuit Theory, Eighth edition, Prentice Hall Of India (P) Ltd., 2003.

4. Salivahanan Electronic devices and Circuits, Tata McGraw Hill International, 2011

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. G.K.Mithal, Electronic Devices and Circuits, Khanna Publishers, 1999.

2. Thomas L. Floyd, Electron Devices, Charles & Messil Publications, 1989.

3. Millman and Halkias, Electronic devices and Circuits, Tata McGraw Hill International, Edition 1994.

E-BOOKS

1. http://www.en.bookfi,net/book/1111068

2. http://www.en.bookfi,net/book/1411518

MOOC

1. https://www.mooc-list.com/course/electronic-materials-and-devices-edx

2. https://www.mooc-list.com/course/04832430x-electronic-circuits-edx

COURSE TITLE INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE MBS4357 COURSE CATEGORY DE L-T-P-S 3-0-0-1

CIA 50 % ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-5 (EVALUATE)

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. Understand and gain knowledge about industrial controllers 1,2,3,4,5,11,12

2. Gain knowledge in PLC and DCS 1,2,3,4,5,11,12

3. Able to interface various hardware. 1,2,3,4,5,11,12

Prerequisites : Nil

MODULE 1 – INTRODUCTION (9L)

Introduction to automation tools – PLC, SCADA, DCS, Hybrid DCS-PLC

MODULE 2 – PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS (9L)

Hardware, selection, I/O devices and programming

MODULE 3 – AUTOMATION SPECIFICATIONS (9L)

Functional design specifications for automation tool, Development of user requirement specifications.

MODULE 4 – DISTRIBUTED CONTROL SYSTEM (9L)

Architecture, specifications, sensor interfacing

MODULE 5 – APPLICATIONS (9L)

Case Study – Industrial process monitoring and automation

LAB / MINI PROJECT / FIELD WORK

1. Study of automation systems

2. PLC programming for motor control

3. Study of DCS for industrial process applications

Page 147: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

146

TEXT BOOKS

1. William C Dunn, “Fundamentals of Industrial Instrumentation and Process Control”, McGraw

Hill, 2005.

2. Donald P. Eckman, “Industrial Instrumentation”, CBS Publishers & Distributors, 2009

3. K Krishnaswamy, “Industrial Instrumentation”, New Age International (P) Limited Publishers,

2006

4. H.K.P Neubert “Instrument Transducers Oxford Herman University Press Eighth Impression

2008.

5. H S Kalsi, “Electronic Instrumentation”, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited, 2010

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Chennakesava R. Alavala, “Principles of Industrial Instrumentation and Control Systems”,

CENGAGE Learning Asia, 2011

2. S K Singh, “Industrial Instrumentation & Control”, Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2005

3. C. R. Venkataramana, Mechatronics, Sapna Book house, Bangalore, 2001.

E-BOOKS

1. https://books.google.co.in/books/about/Industrial_Instrumentation.html?id=B4mBaB6e7rsC&

redir_esc=y

2. https://auceipi.files.wordpress.com/2010/04/programmable-logic-design.pdf

MOOC

1. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/chemical-engineering/10-450-process-dynamics-operations-and-

control-spring-2006/

2. http://www.eit.edu.au/cms/courses/industrial-automation-instrumentation-process-

control/professional-certificate/in-instrumentation-automation-and-process-control

Page 148: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

147

COURSE TITLE APPLIED THERMODYNAMICS CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE MBS4358 COURSE CATEGORY DE L-T-P-S 3-0-0-1

CIA 50 % ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-4 (ANALYZE)

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. Learn the fundamentals of thermodynamics including first law and second law of thermodynamics and the concept of entropy

1,2,3,4,10

2. Learn the concept of heat engines and basic thermodynamic relations

1,2,3,4,10

3. Understand the concept of steam and the steam power cycles 1,2,3,4

4. Learn about the open & closed cycles of gas turbines and the working principle of IC engines,

1,2,5,10

5. Learn the working principle of various compressors, refrigeration and air conditioning systems.

1,2,3,4,5,10

Prerequisites : Nil

MODULE 1 – BASIC CONCEPTS AND LAWS OF THERMODYNAMICS (9L)

Classical approach: Thermodynamic systems - Boundary - Control volume - System and surroundings

- Universe - Properties - State-process - Cycle - Equilibrium - Work and heat transfer - Point and path

functions - First law of thermodynamics for open and closed systems - First law applied to a control

volume - SFEE equations [steady flow energy equation]

MODULE 2 – SECOND LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS (9L)

Heat engines - Refrigerators and heat pumps - Carnot cycle - Carnot theorem - Clausius inequality -

Concept of entropy - Principle of increase of entropy - Basic thermodynamic relations.

MODULE 3 – STEAM POWER CYCLES (9L)

Formation of steam - Properties of steam - Use of steam tables and charts - Steam power cycle

(Rankine) - Steam turbines: Impulse and reaction principle - Compounding of steam turbines

(qualitative treatment only)

MODULE 4 – GAS TURBINES AND IC ENGINES (9L)

Open and closed cycle gas turbines - Brayton cycle - Applications of gas turbines for aviation and

power generation. Working Principle of four stroke and two stroke engines - spark ignition and

compression ignition engines.

MODULE 5 – THERMODYNAMICS APPLICATION (Qualitative Treatment Only)

Air compressors - Reciprocating& Rotary compressors, Refrigeration and Air conditioning systems -

Basic Components, Vapour Compression cycle, Sub cooling & super heating, Type of air conditioning

systems, modes of Heat Transfer - Boilers.

LAB / MINI PROJECT / FIELD WORK

1. Working Principle of four stroke and two stroke engines 2. Spark ignition and compression ignition engines. 3. Reciprocating& Rotary compressors 4. Vapour Compression cycle

Page 149: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

148

TEXT BOOKS

1. P.K. Nag, Basic and Applied Engineering Thermodynamics , Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2002.

2. B.K. Sachdeva, Fundamentals of Engineering Heat and Mass Transfer (SI Units), New Age International (P) Limited, Chennai, 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Rogers and Mayhew, Engineering Thermodynamics - Work and Heat Transfer, Addision Wesley, New Delhi, 2005.

2. Eastop and McConkey, Applied Thermodynamics, Addison Wesley, New Delhi. 2008.

3. M.L. Mathur and F.S. Metha, ThermalEngineering, Jain Brothers, New Delhi, 2009.

4 B.K. Sankar, ThermalEngineering, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi,2008.

E-BOOKS

1. http://www.en.bookfi,net/book/454544

2. en.bookfi,net/book/1512038

MOOC

1. www.mooc-list.com/course/me209x-thermodynamics-edx

2. www.class-central.com/tag/thermodynamics

Page 150: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

149

LIST OF DEPARTMENTAL ELECTIVES – SEMESTER VI

COURSE TITLE ANALOG ELECTRONICS CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE MBS4370 COURSE CATEGORY DE L-T-P-S 3-0-0-1

CIA 50 % ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3 (APPLY)

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. Understand the small signal amplifier circuits applying the

biasing techniques.

1,2,3,4,5

2. Understand about transistor models at high frequencies 1,2,3,4,5

3. Able to design FET and MOSFET amplifier circuits 1,2,3,4,5

4. Able design and realize different classes of Power Amplifiers and tuned

amplifiers useable for audio and Radio applications.

1,2,3,4,5

5. Utilize the Concepts of negative feedback to improve the stability of

amplifiers and positive feedback to generate sustained oscillations.

1,2,3,4,5

Prerequisites : Nil

MODULE 1 – ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF SMALL SIGNAL LOW FREQUENCY BJT AMPLIFIERS (9L)

Review of transistor biasing, Classification of Amplifiers – Distortion in amplifiers, Analysis of CE,

CC, and CB Amplifiers and CE Amplifier with emitter resistance, low frequency response of

BJT Amplifiers, effect of coupling and bypass capacitors, Design of single stage RC coupled amplifier,

Cascode amplifier, Darlington pair.

MODULE 2 – TRANSISTOR AT HIGH FREQUENCY (9L)

The Hybrid- pi ( ) – Common Emitter transistor model, CE short circuit current gain, current gain with

resistive load, single stage CE transistor amplifier response, Gain-bandwidth product.

MODULE 3 – FET AMPLIFIERS (9L)

Analysis of CS, CD, CG JFET Amplifiers, Basic Concepts of MOS Amplifiers, MOS Small signal model,

Common source amplifier with resistive, Diode connected and Current source loads, Source follower,

Common Gate Stage, Cascode and Folded Cascode Amplifier – frequency response.

MODULE 4 – FEEDBACK AND OSCILLATOR CIRCUITS (9L)

Concepts of feedback – Classification of feedback amplifiers – General characteristics of

negative feedback amplifiers – Effect of Feedback on Amplifier characteristics. Condition for

oscillations. RC and LC type Oscillators – Generalized analysis

MODULE 5 – LARGE SIGNAL AMPLIFIERS (9L)

Class A Power Amplifier, Push Pull and Complimentary Symmetry Class B and Class AB Power

Amplifiers – Principle of operation of class C and D Amplifier, Transistor Power Dissipation, Heat Sinks,

Tuned Amplifiers

TEXT BOOKS

1. Electronic Devices and Circuits, David A. Bell – 5th Edition, Oxford, 2008

Page 151: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

150

2. Electronic Devices and Circuits, S. Salivahanan, N. Suresh Kumar, A Vallvaraj, 5th Edition, Mc Graw

Hill Education, 2012

3. Electronic Devices and Circuits – Mohammad Rashid, Cengage Learing, 2013

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Integrated Electronics, Jacob Millman, Christos C Halkias, McGraw Hill Education, 2017

2. Electronic Devices Conventional and current version -Thomas L. Floyd, person, 2015

3. Electronic Devices and Circuits theory– Robert L. Boylestead, Louis Nashelsky, 11th Edition, ,

Pearson, 2009

E-BOOKS

1. https://books.google.co.in/books/about/Industrial_Instrumentation.html?id=B4mBaB6e7rsC

&redir_esc=y

2. https://auceipi.files.wordpress.com/2010/04/programmable-logic-design.pdf

MOOC

1. https://www.mooc-list.com/tags/analogue-electronics

COURSE TITLE OPERATIONS RESEARCH CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE MBS4371 COURSE CATEGORY DE L-T-P-S 3-0-0-1

CIA 50 % ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-5 (EVALUATE)

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1.

Understand the characteristics of different types of decision making

environmental and appropriate decision making approaches and tools

to be used in each type.

1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,11,12

2. Build and solve Transportation models and assignment models. 1,2,3,4,5,11,12

3. Design simple models like CPM and PERT to improve decision making 1,2,3,4,5,11,12

4. Develop critical thinking and objective analysis decision making. 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,11,12

5. Understand the characteristics of different types of decision making

environmental and appropriate decision

1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,11,12

Prerequisites : Nil

MODULE 1 – LINEAR PROGRAMMING PROBLEM (9L)

Formulation - Graphical Solution - Bounded and Unbounded Solutions - Simplex Method -Big Method-

Duality - Two phase Method - Dual Simplex method.

MODULE 2 – SEQUENCING AND GAME THEORY (9L)

Johnson's Algorithm - Two Machine and three Machine problem - Game theory with Saddle point

and without saddle point - Dominance properties - Graphical Solutions. Dynamic Programming

Page 152: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

151

MODULE 3 – ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSPORTATION PROBLEM (9L)

Hungarian Method - Maximization and unbalanced assignment problem - Basic feasible solution

of transportation problem - Mode method - Degeneracy - Unbalanced Transportation Problem -

Travelling Salesman Problem.

MODULE 4 – PERT - CPM - DECISION THEORY (9L)

Network diagram - Representation - Labelling - CPM - PERT probabilities of CPM - PERT

probabilities of project duration - Laplace minimax, maxmini Hurwitz criterian

MODULE 5 – DETERMINATION OF EOQ (9L)

Purchase Model with and without Shortages - Manufacturing Model with and without Shortages

Probabilistic Model.

LAB

1. Simulation of sequencing transportation problems using MATLAB

TEXT BOOKS

1. H.A. Taha, Operations Research - An Introduction, Prentice Hall of India./Pearson Education,

2003

2. J.K. Sharma, Operations Research, Macmillan, 2006

3. Vijaykumar, Operations Research, SciTech, 2013

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. “Introduction to Operations Research” by F S Hiller and G J Leiberman, 2000

2. “Nonlinear and Dynamic Programming” by G Hadley, 2008

3. “Operations Research – An Introduction” by H A Taha, 2006

4. “Operations Research” by Gupta Prem Kumar and Hira D S, 2010

5. “Operations Research” by K Swarup, 2014

E-BOOKS

1. https://faculty.psau.edu.sa/filedownload/doc-6-pdf-14b14198b6e26157b7eba06b390ab763 -

original.pdf

MOOC

1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_mg10/preview

Page 153: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

152

COURSE TITLE ROBOTIC OPERATING SYSTEM CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE MBS4372 COURSE CATEGORY DE L-T-P-S 3-0-0-1

CIA 50 % ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3 (APPLY)

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. Understand ROS architecture 1,2,3,4,5

2. Ability to model a robot in ROS 1,2,3,4,5,11,12

3. Ability to Simulate a mobile robot 1,2,3,4,5,11,12

4. Ability to plan movement of a robot by avoiding collisions 1,2,3,4,5,11,12

5. Ability to interface sensors and actuators with ROS 1,2,3,4,5,11,12

Prerequisites : Nil

MODULE 1 – INTRODUCTION (9L)

Introduction to ROS - ROS file system level - ROS computation graph level - ROS community level

MODULE 2 – 3D ROBOT MODELING IN ROS (9L)

ROS packages for robot modelling - Creating ROS package for robot description - Visualizing robot in 3D model

MODULE 3 – SIMULATING ROBOTS (9L)

Understanding Gazebo - Robotic arm simulation - Simulating joints - Interfacing with ROS controllers

MODULE 4 – MOTION PLANNING (9L)

Configuration Space - Collision matrix - Motion planning methods - Motion planning using ROS - ROS Controllers

MODULE 5 – INTERFACING I/O BOARDS, SENSORS & ACTUATORS (9L)

ROS Serial package – ROS and Microcontroller - Interfacing Sensors & Actuators

LAB

1. ROS packages, nodes & messages 2. Creating URDF model, using RVIZ for visualizing 3 D model & robot description 3. Simulating robotic arm, moving joints using Gazebo & moving mobile robot 4. Movelt configuration package setup & motion planning 5. ROS serial package – ROS and microcontroller – Interfacing sensors and actuators

TEXT BOOKS

1. Lentin Joseph, “Mastering ROS for Robotic Programming”, Packt Publishing, 2015

2. Morgan Quigley, Brian Gerkey, William D. Smart, “Programming Robots with ROS: A Practical Introduction to the Robot”, O'Reilly, 2015

3. Aaron Martinez, Enrique Fernández, “Learning ROS for Robotics Programming”, Packt Publishing, 2013

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Anis Koubaa, “Robot Operating System (ROS): The Complete Reference – Volume 1”, Springer, 2016

2. R. Patrick Goebel, “ROS by Example: A Do-It-Yourself Guide to the Robot Operating System”, Lulu, 2012

Page 154: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

153

E-BOOKS

1. https://books.google.co.in/books?id=yYQlDwAAQBAJ&printsec=frontcover&dq=e-book+for+robot+operating+system&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwjs_feEtO7ZAhUJ3Y8KHSOjAa4Q6AEIJjAA#v=onepage&q=e-book%20for%20robot%20operating%20system&f=false

2. https://books.google.co.in/books?id=6OJBvgAACAAJ&dq=e-book+for+robot+operating+system&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwjs_feEtO7ZAhUJ3Y8KHSOjAa4Q6AEIKzAB

MOOC

1. http://wiki.ros.org/Events/ICRA2010Tutorial

2. http://www.rsl.ethz.ch/education-students/lectures/ros.html

COURSE TITLE VIRTUAL REALITY CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE MBS4373 COURSE CATEGORY DE L-T-P-S 3-0-0-1

CIA 50 % ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-6 (CREATE)

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. Understand Virtual reality concepts 1,2,3,4,5,8

2. Develop VR applications using Unity3D 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

3. Move around the 3D world 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

4 Run Unity 3D application in VR on a smart phone 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

Prerequisites : Nil

MODULE 1 – INTRODUCTION TO VIRTUAL REALITY (9L)

Virtual Reality – Types – Virtual Reality Vs Augmented Reality – Applications – Technical skills required

MODULE 2 – BUILDING SIMPLE SCENES (9L)

Introduction to Unity IDE – Objects and Scale – Creating a simple diorama – VR Device integration

MODULE 3 – GAZE BASED CONTROL (9L)

First person Controller – Third person controller – Navigation in VR application – World space User Interface

MODULE 4 – PHYSICS & ENVIRONMENT (9L)

Physics component – physics materials – Raycast – particle effects

MODULE 5 – WALK-THROUGHS

Assembling scenes – Adding photos – Animated walkthrough – optimizing for performance – Using all 360 degrees

MINI PROJECT

Design a Virtual Reality application

TEXT BOOKS

1.

Tony Parisi, Learning Virtual Reality, O’Reilly Media, 2016

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Jason Jerald, The VR Book – Human Centered Design for Virtual Reality, Morgan & Claypool, 2015

Page 155: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

154

2. John Williamson, Charles Palmer, Virtual Reality Blueprints: Create compelling VR experiences for mobile and desktop, Packt Publishing, 2018

E-BOOKS

1. https://books.google.co.in/books?id=vuF5CgAAQBAJ&printsec=frontcover&dq=virtual+reality+applications+unity+ebook&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwinlvSm3oHaAhUU148KHRKKDCAQ6AEIJTAA#v=onepage&q&f=false

2. https://books.google.co.in/books?id=2v8nDwAAQBAJ&printsec=frontcover&dq=virtual+reality++unity+ebook&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwim67ra3oHaAhUD2o8KHa73BMMQ6AEIKzAB#v=onepage&q&f=false

MOOC

1. https://in.udacity.com/course/introduction-to-virtual-reality--ud1012

2. https://www.edx.org/course/creating-virtual-reality-vr-apps-uc-san-diegox-cse190x

Page 156: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

155

LIST OF DEPARTMENTAL ELECTIVES – SEMESTER VII

COURSE TITLE ROBOTIC PROCESS AUTOMATION CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE MBS4459 COURSE CATEGORY DE L-T-P-S 3-0-0-1

CIA 50 % ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-4 (ANALYZE)

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. Able to understand robotic process automation 1,2,3,4,5,9,10,11,12

2. Able to create different types of workflows 1,2,3,4,5,9,10,11,12

3. Able to create control flow and record events 1,2,3,4,5,9,10,11,12

4. Able to perform scraping 1,2,3,4,5,9,10,11,12

5. Perform image and text automation 1,2,3,4,5,9,10,11,12

Prerequisites : Nil

MODULE 1 – BUSINESS PROCESS AUTOMATION (9L)

Introduction to Business process automation – Robotic process automation – RPA Tools and Technology

MODULE 2 – WORKFLOW (9L)

Types of Workflow – Sequences – Flowcharts – State Machines – Variables – Arguments - Namespaces

MODULE 3 – CONTROL FLOW & RECORDING (9L)

Control flow – Control flow activities. Recording: Types – Automatic Recording

MODULE 4 – UI ELEMENTS & SCRAPING (9L)

UI elements – UI activities properties – Input Methods. Scraping: Data Scraping – Screen Scraping – Relative Scraping

MODULE 5 – IMAGE AND TEXT AUTOMATION (9L)

Introduction – Mouse and keyboard activities – Text activities – OCR activities – Image activities

MINI PROJECT

1. Automation of a business case

Reference Books

1. https://www.uipath.com/guides

2. http://www.davidchappell.com/writing/white_papers/Introducing_Blue_Prism_v2--Chappell.pdf

e-Books

1. https://books.google.co.in/books?id=2v8nDwAAQBAJ&printsec=frontcover&dq=virtual+reality++unity+ebook&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwim67ra3oHaAhUD2o8KHa73BMMQ6AEIKzAB#v=onepage&q&f=false

MOOC

1. https://www.udemy.com/robotic-process-automation/

Page 157: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

156

COURSE TITLE INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE MBS4460 COURSE CATEGORY DE L-T-P-S 3-0-0-1

CIA 50 % ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL Analyse

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. Conduct market research, demand forecasting and costing 1,4,6,7,10,11,12

2. Demonstrate the knowledge of designing plants and

controlling production 1,4,9,10,8,11

3. Optimize the resources of an organization and improve

productivity. 1,4,9,10,8,6,7,11

4. An understanding of the impact of industrial engineering solutions 1,4,9,10,8,6,7,11,12

Prerequisites : Nil

MODULE 1 – DEMAND FORECASTING AND ELEMENTS OF COST (9L)

Demand Forecasting and Elements of Cost Macro and micro economics - Demand and supply – Factors

influencing demand – Elasticity of demand – Demand forecasting – Time series - Exponential

smoothing casual forecast - Delphi method – Correlation and Regression - Barometric method – Long

run and Short run forecast. Elements of cost – Determination of Material cost - Labour cost - Expenses

– Types of cost.

MODULE 2 – INDUSTRIAL ORGANISATION (9L)

Introduction to Industrial Engineering – Concepts - History and Development of Industrial engineering

– Roles of Industrial Engineer – Applications – Productivity – Factors affecting productivity – Increasing

productivity of resources – Kinds of productivity measures.

MODULE 3 – WORK DESIGN (9L)

Introduction to work study – Method study – Time study – stopwatch time study – Standard data -

Method Time Measurement (M-T-M) – Work sampling – Ergonomics.

MODULE 4 – PLANT LAYOUT AND GROUP TECHNOLOGY (9L)

Plant location - Factors - Plant layout - Types - Layout design process – Computerized Layout Planning

– Construction and Improvement algorithms -ALDEP - CORELAP and CRAFT. Group technology-

Problem definition - Production flow analysis - Heuristic methods of grouping by machine matrices –

Flexible Manufacturing System - FMS work stationsMaterial handling and Storage system-Cellular

Manufacturing System.

MODULE 5 – PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL (9L)

Types of productions, Production cycle-Process planning, Forecasting, Loading, Scheduling,

Dispatching, Routing- Simple problems. Materials Planning – ABC analysis – Incoming materials control

– Kanban system – Just in time. MRP systems- Master Production Schedule – Bill of Materials – MRP

calculations

Page 158: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

157

TEXT BOOKS

1. Buffa E.S., (2009), Modern Production / Operational Management, John Wiley & Sons, 2009

2. Nigel Slack, Stuart Chambers, Robert Johnston., (2010)Operation Managenment, Pearson Education, 2010

3. R.Danreid & Sanders., (2009), Operations Management, John Wiley & Sons, 2009

4. Panneerselvam. R. (2006), Production/Operations Management, Prentice Hall of India, 2006

E-BOOKS

1. https://books.google.co.in/books?id=sjY3IZ9Unv0C&printsec=frontcover&dq=industrial+engineering&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwisk8rQz_DZAhVENY8KHZBJA9AQ6AEILDAB#v=onepage&q=industrial%20engineering&f=false

2. https://books.google.co.in/books?id=-_u6BQAAQBAJ&printsec=frontcover&dq=industrial+ engineering&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwisk8rQz_DZAhVENY8KHZBJA9AQ6AEIPDAE#v=onepage&q=industrial%20engineering&f=false

MOOC

1. http://engineering.nyu.edu/academics/online/masters/industrial-engineering

2. https://online.engineering.arizona.edu/online-programs/industrial-engineering/master-of-science-in-industrial-engineering/

COURSE TITLE TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE MBS4461 COURSE CATEGORY DE L-T-P-S 3-0-0-1

CIA 50 % ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3 (APPLY)

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. Understanding the overview of quality and TQM 1,4,2,3,5,11,12

2.

Understand the concepts of customer Focus, Employee Focus and their

involvement, continuous process improvement and Supply chain

Management.

1,4,2,3,5,11,12

3. Exposure on the basic and new seven management tools, Quality

concepts like Six sigma, Failure mode effect analysis. 1,4,2,3,5,11,12

4. To explore industrial applications of Quality function deployment,

Taguchi quality concepts and TPM 1,4,2,3,5,11,12

5. Exposure on various quality systems like ISO and its standards 1,2,3,4,5,8,6,7,11,12

Prerequisites : Nil

MODULE 1 – INTRODUCTION (9L)

Introduction - Need for quality - Evolution of quality - Definitions of quality - Dimensions of product

and service quality - Basic concepts of TQM - TQM Framework - Contributions of Deming, Juran and

Crosby - Barriers to TQM - Quality statements - Customer focus - Customer orientation, Customer

satisfaction, Customer complaints, Customer retention - Costs of quality.

Page 159: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

158

MODULE 2 – TQM PRINCIPLES (9L)

Leadership - Strategic quality planning, Quality Councils - Employee involvement - Motivation,

Empowerment, Team and Teamwork, Quality circles Recognition and Reward, Performance appraisal

- Continuous process improvement - PDCA cycle, 5S, Kaizen - Supplier partnership - Partnering,

Supplier selection, Supplier Rating.

MODULE 3 – TQM TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES I (9L)

The seven traditional tools of quality - New management tools - Six sigma: Concepts, Methodology,

applications to manufacturing, service sector including IT - Bench marking - Reason to bench mark,

Bench marking process - FMEA - Stages, Types.

MODULE 4 – TQM TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES II (9L)

Control Charts - Process Capability - Concepts of Six Sigma - Quality Function Development (QFD) -

Taguchi quality loss function - TPM - Concepts, improvement needs - Performance measures.

MODULE 5 – QUALITY SYSTEMS (9L)

Need for ISO 9000 - ISO 9001-2008 Quality System - Elements, Documentation, Quality Auditing - QS

9000 - ISO 14000 - Concepts, Requirements and Benefits - TQM Implementation in manufacturing and

service sectors.

FIELD WORK

1. Study of Industrial Standards evolution.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Dale H. Besterfiled, et at., "Total quality Management", Pearson Education Asia, Third Edition, Indian Reprint 2006.

2. James R. Evans and William M. Lindsay, "The Management and Control of Quality", 8th Edition, First Indian Edition, Cengage Learning, 2012.

3. Suganthi.L and Anand Samuel, "Total Quality Management", Prentice Hall (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2006

4. Janakiraman. B and Gopal .R.K., "Total Quality Management - Text and Cases", Prentice Hall (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2006.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. “The Management and Control of Quality” by James R Evans and William M Lindsay, 2007

2. “TQM – Text with Cases” by Oakland J S, 2013

3. “Total Quality Management” by Suganthi L and Anand Samuel, 2004

4. “Total Quality Management- Text and Cases” by Janakiraman B and Gopal R K, 2006

5. “TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT” by Dr V Jayakumar, 2014

E-BOOKS

1. http://psbm.org/Ebooks/Total%20Quality.pdf

MOOC

1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_mg18/preview

Page 160: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

159

COURSE TITLE FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE MBS4462 COURSE CATEGORY DE L-T-P-S 3-0-0-1

CIA 50 % ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-3 (APPLY)

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. Understand the Mathematical Modeling of field problems in Engineering

1,2,3,5,10

2. Solve the One Dimensional Second Order Equations 1,2,3,5,10

3. Galarkin approach, Temperature effects stress strain relations, plane problems of elasticity and element equations

1,2,3,5,10

4. Axisymmetric formulation , Element stiffness matrix and force vector , Galarkin approach and Problems

1,2,3,5,10

5. Numerical integration and application to plane stress problems, Matrix solution techniques Solutions Techniques to Dynamic problems, Introduction to Analysis Software

1,4,2,3,5,10

Prerequisites : Nil

MODULE I - INTRODUCTION (9L)

Historical Background – Mathematical Modelling of field problems in Engineering – Governing

Equations – Discrete and continuous models – Boundary, Initial and Eigen Value problems– Weighted

Residual Methods – Variational Formulation of Boundary Value Problems – Ritz Technique – Basic

concepts of the Finite Element Method.

Self-Study: Application to bar element, Application to the continuum.

MODULE 2- ONE DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS (9L)

One Dimensional Second Order Equations - Derivation of Shape functions and Stiffness matrices and

force vectors- Galarkin approach - Assembly of stiffness matrix and load vector - Solution of problems

from solid mechanics and heat transfer-Finite element equations - Longitudinal vibration frequencies

and mode.

Self-Study: - Applications to plane trusses, Quadratic shape functions.

MODULE 3 - TWO DIMENSIONAL CONTINUUM (9L)

Introduction - Finite element modelling - Scalar valued problem - Poisson equation -Laplace equation

- Triangular elements - Element stiffness matrix - Force vector - Galarkin approach - Temperature

effects - stress strain relations – plane problems of elasticity – element equations – assembly – need

for quadrature formulae – transformations to natural coordinates – Gaussian quadrature – example

problems in plane stress, plane strain using MATLAB and Abaqus.

Self-Study: Structural mechanics applications.

MODULE 4 - AXISYMMETRIC CONTINUUM (9L)

Axisymmetric formulation - Element stiffness matrix and force vector - Galarkin approach - Body

forces and temperature effects - Stress calculations - Boundary conditions - Applications to cylinders

under internal or external pressures - Rotating discs - Plate and shell elements.

Self-Study: Axisymmetric applications.

Page 161: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

160

MODULE 5 - ISOPARAMETRIC FORMULATION (9L)

Natural co-ordinate systems – Isoparametric elements with mat lab coding – Shape functions for iso

parametric elements – One and two dimensions– Numerical integration and application to plane

stress problems - Matrix solution techniques – Solutions Techniques to Dynamic problems –

Introduction to Analysis Software.

Self-Study: Application of four node quadrilateral.

TEXT BOOKS

1. C Krishnamoorthy, Finite Element Analysis: Theory and Programming, McGraw Hill Education; 2nd edition, 2017.

2. Anand V. Kulkarni, A PRIMER ON FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS, Laxmi Publications, First edition, 2017.

3. Daryl L. Logan, A First Course in the Finite Element Method CL Engineering; Oxford, 6th edition, 2016.

4. Nam-Ho Kim, Introduction to Nonlinear Finite Element Analysis, 4th Edition, Springer; 2015.

5. Reddy J.N., An Introduction to Finite Element Method, McGraw-Hill International Student Edition, 2010.

6. David V Hutton, Fundamentals of Finite Element Analysis, McGraw-Hill Int. Ed, 2005.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Randy Shih, Introduction to Finite Element Analysis Using SOLIDWORKS Simulation, SDC Publications, 2016.

2. A.J DaviesRao S.S., The Finite Element Method with An Introduction Partial Differential Equations by Oxford, Second edition 2017.

3. Salome Meca, Syllignakis Stefanos, Petr Vosynek,, Finite Element Analysis, Aster Kindle Edition, Amazon Digital Services LLC, 2018.

4. Mary Kathryn Thompson, John Martin Thompson, Butterworth-Heinemann; ANSYS and Matlab Mechanical APDL for Finite Element Analysis 1st Edition, Kindle Edition, 1 edition (2017).

E-BOOKS

1. https://books.google.co.in/books?id=b8seAQAAIAAJ&q=finite+element+analysis&dq=finite+element+analysis&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwj9kbfk0fDZAhVFvY8KHdNVBc4Q6AEILDAB

2. https://books.google.co.in/books?id=0FU8DwAAQBAJ&printsec=frontcover&dq=finite+element+analysis&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwj9kbfk0fDZAhVFvY8KHdNVBc4Q6AEINzAD#v=onepage&q=finite%20element%20analysis&f=false

MOOC

1. https://www.coursera.org/learn/finite-element-method

2. http://www.open.edu/openlearn/science-maths-technology/introduction-finite-element-analysis/content-section-0

Page 162: B. Tech. Mechatronics Engineering - Hindustan Institute of … · 2019-12-20 · B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 1 HINDUSTAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE VISION AND MISSION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS B.TECH – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

161

COURSE TITLE AERIAL ROBOTS CREDITS 3

COURSE CODE MHB4463 COURSE CATEGORY DE L-T-P-S 3-0-0-1

CIA 50 % ESE 50%

LEARNING LEVEL BTL-4 (ANALYZE)

CO COURSE OUTCOMES PO

1. Get knowledge in basic concepts, parts and types of aerial robots.

1,2,3,4,5

2. Able to understand fundamentals of aerial robots 1,2,3,4,5,11,12

3. Understand and apply knowledge on modelling and dynamics for aerial robot applications

1,2,3,4,5,11,12

4. Understand and apply navigation & path planning in aerial robots 1,2,3,4,5,11,12

5. Understand system integration for aerial robots 1,2,3,4,5,11,12

Prerequisites : Nil

MODULE 1 – INTRODUCTION (9L)

Fundamentals of Aerial Robot – Classification – Applications – Design considerations

MODULE 2 – SENSORS AND ACTUATORS (9L)

Sensors for Aerial robots – Sensor Characteristics – Inertial Sensors – Classification of Sensors – Electric

Actuators – DC Motors – Servo motor – Encoders – Motor Drives.

MODULE 3 – MODELING AND DYNAMICS (9L)

Frame Rotations and Representations – Dynamics of a Multirotor Micro Aerial Vehicle – Dynamics of

a Fixed-Wing Unmanned Aerial Vehicle

MODULE 4 – FLIGHT CONTROLS AND MOTION PLANNING (9L)

PID Control – LQR Control – Linear Model Predictive Control – An Autopilot Solution

MODULE 5 – CASE STUDY OF AERIAL ROBOTS (9L)

Holonomic Vehicle Boundary Value Solver – Dubins Airplane model Boundary Value Solver – Collision-

free Navigation – Structural Inspection Path Planning

LAB / MINI PROJECT / FIELD WORK

1. Design and Simulation an Aerial robot for a specific application 2. Case study - Design an Autopilot Solution

TEXT BOOKS

1. Kenzo Nonami, Autonomous Flying Robots: Unmanned Aerial Vehicles and Micro Aerial Vehicles, Springer, 2010

2. Yasmina Bestaoui Sebbane, Planning and Decision Making for Aerial Robots, Springer, 2014

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Roland Siegwart, Introduction to Autonomous Mobile Robots, 2nd Edition, MIT Press, 2011

2. Woo-Kyung Choi, Hong-Tae Jeon, Seong-Joo Kim, “Multiple Sensor Fusion and Motion Control of Snake Robot Based on Soft-Computing”, INTECH Open Access Publisher, 2007

E-BOOKS

1. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/225247482_Aerial_Robotics

MOOC

1. https://www.coursera.org/learn/robotics-flight